Fix broken preferences page tabs #74

When constructing views, the top-level constructor should now update
those views directly after the construction process. In adwaita-swift,
this applies only for EitherViews (as Meta will now automatically update
when constructing new scene elements).

.swiftlint.yml

@@ -154,5 +154,5 @@ type_contents_order:
         - other_method
 
 excluded:
-    - Sources/Core/View/Generated/
+    - Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/
     - .build/

Package.swift

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// swift-tools-version: 6.0
+// swift-tools-version: 6.1
 //
 //  Package.swift
 //  Adwaita
@@ -8,40 +8,44 @@
 
 import PackageDescription
 
+/// The dependencies.
+var dependencies: [Package.Dependency] = [
+    .package(url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/meta", branch: "main"),
+    .package(url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/meta-sqlite", branch: "main"),
+    .package(
+        url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/levenshtein-transformations",
+        branch: "main"
+    ),
+    .package(url: "https://github.com/CoreOffice/XMLCoder", from: "0.17.1")
+]
+
+#if os(Linux)
+dependencies.append(.package(url: "https://github.com/stephencelis/CSQLite", from: "3.50.4"))
+#endif
+
 /// The Adwaita package.
 let package = Package(
     name: "Adwaita",
-    platforms: [.macOS(.v10_15), .iOS(.v13), .tvOS(.v13), .watchOS(.v6), .macCatalyst(.v13)],
+    platforms: [.macOS(.v13), .iOS(.v13), .tvOS(.v13), .watchOS(.v6), .macCatalyst(.v13)],
     products: [
         .library(
             name: "Adwaita",
             targets: ["Adwaita"]
         ),
-        .library(
-            name: "Core",
-            targets: ["Core"]
-        ),
         .library(
             name: "CAdw",
             targets: ["CAdw"]
         )
     ],
-    dependencies: [
-        .package(url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/meta", branch: "main"),
-        .package(url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/meta-sqlite", from: "0.1.0"),
-        .package(
-            url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/levenshtein-transformations",
-            branch: "main"
-        ),
-        .package(url: "https://github.com/CoreOffice/XMLCoder", from: "0.17.1")
-    ],
+    traits: [.trait(name: "exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions")],
+    dependencies: dependencies,
     targets: [
         .systemLibrary(
             name: "CAdw",
             pkgConfig: "libadwaita-1"
         ),
         .target(
-            name: "Core",
+            name: "Adwaita",
             dependencies: [
                 "CAdw",
                 .product(name: "LevenshteinTransformations", package: "levenshtein-transformations"),
@@ -49,10 +53,6 @@ let package = Package(
                 .product(name: "MetaSQLite", package: "meta-sqlite")
             ]
         ),
-        .target(
-            name: "Adwaita",
-            dependencies: ["Core"]
-        ),
         .executableTarget(
             name: "Generation",
             dependencies: [

Sources/Adwaita/ActionRow+.swift

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  ActionRow+.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 16.10.24.
-//
-
-extension ActionRow {
-
-    /// Deemphasize the row title and emphasize the subtitle.
-    /// - Parameter active: Whether the style is currently applied.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func property(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
-        style("property", active: active)
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/List+.swift

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  List+.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 16.10.24.
-//
-
-extension List {
-
-    /// Add the "navigation-sidebar" style class.
-    /// - Parameter active: Whether the style is applied.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func sidebarStyle(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
-        style("navigation-sidebar", active: active)
-    }
-
-    /// Apply the boxed list style class.
-    /// - Parameter active: Whether the style is applied.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func boxedList(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
-        style("boxed-list", active: active)
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/AdwaitaApp.swift

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ public class AdwaitaApp: AppStorage {
     /// - Parameter id: The identifier.
     public required init(id: String) {
         pointer = adw_application_new(id, G_APPLICATION_DEFAULT_FLAGS)?.cast()
-        DatabaseInformation.setPath(Self.userDataDir().appendingPathComponent("data.sqlite").path)
+        DatabaseInformation.setPath(Self.userDataDir().appendingPathComponent("\(id).sqlite").path)
     }
 
     /// Copy a string to the clipboard.

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Enumerations/ColorScheme.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+//
+//  ColorScheme.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 01.02.26.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+
+/// The system color scheme.
+public enum ColorScheme: UInt32 {
+
+    /// The dark color scheme.
+    case dark = 2
+    /// The light color scheme.
+    case light = 3
+
+    /// The ColorScheme value as GtkInterfaceColorScheme.
+    var gtkValue: GtkInterfaceColorScheme {
+        .init(rawValue)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Enumerations/WrapMode.swift

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ public enum WrapMode: GtkWrapMode, RawRepresentable {
     /// GTK_WRAP_WORD_CHAR
     case wordChar
 
-    /// Get the GtkWrapMode.
+    /// Get the GtkWrapMode.
     public var rawValue: GtkWrapMode {
         switch self {
         case .none:
@@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ public enum WrapMode: GtkWrapMode, RawRepresentable {
     /// Initialize from the GtkWrapMode.
     /// - Parameter rawValue: The GtkWrapMode.
     public init?(rawValue: GtkWrapMode) {
-    	switch rawValue {
-    	case GTK_WRAP_NONE: 
-    		self = .none
-    	case GTK_WRAP_CHAR: 
-    		self = .char
-    	case GTK_WRAP_WORD: 
-    		self = .word
-    	case GTK_WRAP_WORD_CHAR: 
-    		self = .wordChar
-    	default: 
-    		return nil
-    	}
+        switch rawValue {
+        case GTK_WRAP_NONE:
+            self = .none
+        case GTK_WRAP_CHAR:
+            self = .char
+        case GTK_WRAP_WORD:
+            self = .word
+        case GTK_WRAP_WORD_CHAR:
+            self = .wordChar
+        default:
+            return nil
+        }
     }
 }

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Signals/SignalData.swift

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ import CAdw
 public class SignalData {
 
     /// The closure.
-    public var closure: ([Any?]) -> Void
+    public var closure: ([Any?]) -> Any?
     /// Destroy the class.
     public var selfDestruction: (() -> Void)?
 
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ public class SignalData {
     var handler: @convention(c) (UnsafeMutableRawPointer, UnsafeMutableRawPointer) -> Void {
         { _, data in
             let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
-            data.closure([])
+            _ = data.closure([])
         }
     }
 
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public class SignalData {
     ) -> Void {
         { _, arg1, data in
             let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
-            data.closure([arg1])
+            _ = data.closure([arg1])
         }
     }
 
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public class SignalData {
     ) -> Void {
         { _, arg1, arg2, data in
             let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
-            data.closure([arg1, arg2])
+            _ = data.closure([arg1, arg2])
         }
     }
 
@@ -58,7 +58,15 @@ public class SignalData {
     ) -> Void {
         { _, arg1, arg2, arg3, data in
             let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
-            data.closure([arg1, arg2, arg3])
+            _ = data.closure([arg1, arg2, arg3])
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The closure as a C handler with a return value.
+    var boolHandler: @convention(c) (UnsafeMutableRawPointer, UnsafeMutableRawPointer) -> Bool {
+        { _, data in
+            let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
+            return data.closure([]) as? Bool ?? false
         }
     }
 
@@ -66,7 +74,7 @@ public class SignalData {
     /// - Parameters:
     ///     - closure: The signal's closure.
     ///     - destroy: The self destruction.
-    public convenience init(closure: @escaping () -> Void, destroy: (() -> Void)? = nil) {
+    public convenience init(closure: @escaping () -> Any?, destroy: (() -> Void)? = nil) {
         self.init(closure: { _ in closure() }, destroy: destroy)
     }
 
@@ -74,19 +82,46 @@ public class SignalData {
     /// - Parameters:
     ///     - closure: The signal's closure.
     ///     - destroy: The self destruction.
-    public init(closure: @escaping ([Any]) -> Void, destroy: (() -> Void)? = nil) {
+    public convenience init(closure: @escaping () -> Void, destroy: (() -> Void)? = nil) {
+        self.init(closure: { _ in closure(); return nil }, destroy: destroy)
+    }
+
+    /// Initialize the signal data.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - closure: The signal's closure.
+    ///     - destroy: The self destruction.
+    public init(closure: @escaping ([Any]) -> Any?, destroy: (() -> Void)? = nil) {
         self.closure = closure
         self.selfDestruction = destroy
     }
 
+    /// The return type.
+    public enum ReturnType {
+
+        /// Returns a boolean.
+        case bool
+
+    }
+
     /// Connect the signal data to a signal.
     /// - Parameters:
     ///     - pointer: The pointer to the object which holds the signal.
     ///     - signal: The signal's name.
     ///     - argCount: The number of arguments.
-    public func connect(pointer: UnsafeMutableRawPointer?, signal: String, argCount: Int = 0) {
+    ///     - return: The return type.
+    public func connect(
+        pointer: UnsafeMutableRawPointer?,
+        signal: String,
+        argCount: Int = 0,
+        return: ReturnType? = nil
+    ) {
         let callback: GCallback
-        if argCount >= 3 {
+        if let `return` {
+            switch `return` {
+            case .bool:
+                callback = unsafeBitCast(boolHandler, to: GCallback.self)
+            }
+        } else if argCount >= 3 {
             callback = unsafeBitCast(fiveParamsHandler, to: GCallback.self)
         } else if argCount == 2 {
             callback = unsafeBitCast(fourParamsHandler, to: GCallback.self)

Sources/Adwaita/Model/Storage.swift

@@ -48,7 +48,30 @@ extension Storage {
         pointer: OpaquePointer? = nil,
         handler: @escaping () -> Void
     ) {
-        connectSignal(name: name, id: id, argCount: argCount, pointer: pointer) { _ in
+        connectSignal(name: name, id: id, argCount: argCount, pointer: pointer) {
+            handler()
+            return nil
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Connect a handler to a signal.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - name: The signal's name.
+    ///     - id: The handlers id to separate form others connecting to the signal.
+    ///     - connectFlags: The GConnectFlags.
+    ///     - argCount: The number of additional arguments (without the first and the last one).
+    ///     - return: The return type.
+    ///     - pointer: A custom pointer instead of the stored one.
+    ///     - handler: The signal's handler.
+    public func connectSignal(
+        name: String,
+        id: String = "",
+        argCount: Int = 0,
+        return: SignalData.ReturnType? = nil,
+        pointer: OpaquePointer? = nil,
+        handler: @escaping () -> Any?
+    ) {
+        connectSignal(name: name, id: id, argCount: argCount, return: `return`, pointer: pointer) { _ in
             handler()
         }
     }
@@ -66,13 +89,42 @@ extension Storage {
         argCount: Int = 0,
         pointer: OpaquePointer? = nil,
         handler: @escaping ([Any]) -> Void
+    ) {
+        connectSignal(name: name, id: id, argCount: argCount, pointer: pointer) { args in
+            handler(args)
+            return nil
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Connect a handler to a signal.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - name: The signal's name.
+    ///     - id: The handlers id to separate form others connecting to the signal.
+    ///     - argCount: The number of additional arguments (without the first and the last one).
+    ///     - return: The return type.
+    ///     - pointer: A custom pointer instead of the stored one.
+    ///     - handler: The signal's handler.
+    public func connectSignal(
+        name: String,
+        id: String = "",
+        argCount: Int = 0,
+        return: SignalData.ReturnType? = nil,
+        pointer: OpaquePointer? = nil,
+        handler: @escaping ([Any]) -> Any?
     ) {
         if let data = fields[name + id] as? SignalData {
             data.closure = handler
         } else {
             let data = SignalData(closure: handler) { [self] in fields[name + id] = nil }
             fields[name + id] = data
-            data.connect(pointer: (pointer ?? opaquePointer)?.cast(), signal: name, argCount: argCount)
+            data.connect(
+                pointer: (
+                    pointer ?? opaquePointer ?? ((self as? SceneStorage)?.pointer as? AdwaitaWindow)?.pointer?.opaque()
+                )?.cast(),
+                signal: name,
+                argCount: argCount,
+                return: `return`
+            )
         }
     }
 

Sources/Adwaita/StatusPage+.swift

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-//
-//  StatusPage+.swift
-//  Adwaita
-//
-//  Created by david-swift on 16.10.24.
-//
-
-extension StatusPage {
-
-    /// Make the status page more compact.
-    /// - Parameter active: Whether the style is applied.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func compact(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
-        style("compact", active: active)
-    }
-
-}

Sources/Adwaita/View/AnyView++.swift

@@ -108,6 +108,13 @@ extension AnyView {
         style("circular", active: active)
     }
 
+    /// Make a button or similar widget use round appearance.
+    /// - Parameter active: Whether the style is currently applied.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func round(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
+        style("round", active: active)
+    }
+
     /// Make a button or similar widget appear as a pill.
     /// - Parameter active: Whether the style is currently applied.
     /// - Returns: A view.
@@ -271,13 +278,6 @@ extension AnyView {
         style("frame", active: active)
     }
 
-    /// Run a function when the view gets an update.
-    /// - Parameter onUpdate: The function.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func onUpdate(_ onUpdate: @escaping () -> Void) -> AnyView {
-        inspect { _, _ in onUpdate() }
-    }
-
     /// Bind to the view's focus.
     /// - Parameter focus: Whether the view is focused.
     /// - Returns: A view.
@@ -336,15 +336,21 @@ extension AnyView {
     }
 
     /// Add CSS classes to the app as soon as the view appears.
-    /// - Parameter getString: Get the CSS.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - scheme: The color scheme.
+    ///     - getString: Get the CSS.
     /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func css(_ getString: @escaping () -> String) -> AnyView {
-        inspect { storage, updateProperties in
+    public func css(scheme: ColorScheme? = nil, getString: @escaping () -> String) -> AnyView {
+        wrap { storage, updateProperties in
             let cssID = "internal-css"
+            let providerID = "internal-css-provider"
             let previous = storage.fields[cssID] as? String
             let string = getString()
             if updateProperties, string != previous {
                 let provider = gtk_css_provider_new()
+                if let scheme {
+                    gtui_cssprovider_set_prefers_color_scheme(.init(Int(bitPattern: provider)), scheme.gtkValue)
+                }
                 gtk_css_provider_load_from_string(
                     provider,
                     string
@@ -356,8 +362,32 @@ extension AnyView {
                     .init(GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION)
                 )
                 g_object_unref(provider)
+                storage.fields[cssID] = string
+                if let oldProvider = storage.fields[providerID] as? OpaquePointer {
+                    gtk_style_context_remove_provider_for_display(
+                        display,
+                        oldProvider
+                    )
+                }
+                storage.fields[providerID] = provider?.opaque()
             }
         }
     }
 
+    /// Whether the view has a width higher or equal to its natural width.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - matches: Whether the content view matches the breakpoint.
+    ///     - padding: Increase the natural width by a certain padding.
+    public func naturalWidth(matches: Binding<Bool>, padding: Int = 0) -> AnyView {
+        BreakpointBin(condition: .naturalWidth(padding: padding), matches: matches) { self }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the view has a height higher or equal to its natural height.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - matches: Whether the content view matches the breakpoint.
+    ///     - padding: Increase the natural height by a certain padding.
+    public func naturalHeight(matches: Binding<Bool>, padding: Int = 0) -> AnyView {
+        BreakpointBin(condition: .naturalHeight(padding: padding), matches: matches) { self }
+    }
+
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/AnyView+.swift

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 //  Created by david-swift on 16.10.24.
 //
 
-@_exported import Core
+import CAdw
 import Foundation
 
 extension AnyView {
@@ -128,12 +128,27 @@ extension AnyView {
         )
     }
 
+    /// Add a shortcuts dialog to the parent window.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - visible: Whether the dialog is presented.
+    ///     - id: The dialog's id.
+    /// - Returns: The view.
+    public func shortcutsDialog(
+        visible: Binding<Bool>,
+        id: String? = nil
+    ) -> ShortcutsDialog {
+        .init(
+            visible: visible,
+            child: self,
+            id: id ?? ""
+        )
+    }
+
     /// Create an importer file dialog.
     /// - Parameters:
     ///     - open: The signal to open the dialog.
     ///     - initialFolder: The URL to the folder open when being opened.
     ///     - extensions: The accepted file extensions.
-    ///     - folders: Whether folders are accepted.
     ///     - onOpen: Run this when a file for importing has been chosen.
     ///     - onClose: Run this when the user cancelled the action.
     public func fileImporter(
@@ -141,17 +156,37 @@ extension AnyView {
         initialFolder: URL? = nil,
         extensions: [String]? = nil,
         onOpen: @escaping (URL) -> Void,
-        onClose: @escaping () -> Void
+        onClose: @escaping () -> Void = { }
     ) -> AnyView {
         FileDialog(
-            importer: true,
+            type: .importer(folder: false, extensions: extensions),
             open: open,
             child: self,
             result: onOpen,
             cancel: onClose,
-            initialFolder: initialFolder,
-            initialName: nil,
-            extensions: extensions
+            initialFolder: initialFolder
+        )
+    }
+
+    /// Create an importer file dialog for folders.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - open: The signal to open the dialog.
+    ///     - initialFolder: The URL to the folder open when being opened.
+    ///     - onOpen: Run this when a file for importing has been chosen.
+    ///     - onClose: Run this when the user cancelled the action.
+    public func folderImporter(
+        open: Signal,
+        initialFolder: URL? = nil,
+        onOpen: @escaping (URL) -> Void,
+        onClose: @escaping () -> Void = { }
+    ) -> AnyView {
+        FileDialog(
+            type: .importer(folder: true, extensions: nil),
+            open: open,
+            child: self,
+            result: onOpen,
+            cancel: onClose,
+            initialFolder: initialFolder
         )
     }
 
@@ -167,16 +202,15 @@ extension AnyView {
         initialFolder: URL? = nil,
         initialName: String? = nil,
         onSave: @escaping (URL) -> Void,
-        onClose: @escaping () -> Void
+        onClose: @escaping () -> Void = { }
     ) -> AnyView {
         FileDialog(
-            importer: false,
+            type: .exporter(initialName: initialName),
             open: open,
             child: self,
             result: onSave,
             cancel: onClose,
-            initialFolder: initialFolder,
-            initialName: initialName
+            initialFolder: initialFolder
         )
     }
 
@@ -210,82 +244,6 @@ extension AnyView {
             .maximumSize(maxHeight ?? -1)
     }
 
-    /// Add padding around a view.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///   - padding: The size of the padding.
-    ///   - edges: The edges which are affected by the padding.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func padding(_ padding: Int = 10, _ edges: Set<Edge> = .all) -> AnyView {
-        ModifierWrapper(content: self, padding: padding, edges: edges)
-    }
-
-    /// Enable or disable the horizontal expansion.
-    /// - Parameter enabled: Whether it is enabled or disabled.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func hexpand(_ enabled: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
-        ModifierWrapper(content: self, hexpand: enabled)
-    }
-
-    /// Enable or disable the vertical expansion.
-    /// - Parameter enabled: Whether it is enabled or disabled.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func vexpand(_ enabled: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
-        ModifierWrapper(content: self, vexpand: enabled)
-    }
-
-    /// Set the horizontal alignment.
-    /// - Parameter align: The alignment.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func halign(_ align: Alignment) -> AnyView {
-        ModifierWrapper(content: self, halign: align)
-    }
-
-    /// Set the vertical alignment.
-    /// - Parameter align: The alignment.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func valign(_ align: Alignment) -> AnyView {
-        ModifierWrapper(content: self, valign: align)
-    }
-
-    /// Set the view's minimal width or height.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///   - minWidth: The minimal width.
-    ///   - minHeight: The minimal height.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func frame(minWidth: Int? = nil, minHeight: Int? = nil) -> AnyView {
-        ModifierWrapper(content: self, minWidth: minWidth, minHeight: minHeight)
-    }
-
-    /// Add a style class to the view.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - style: The style class.
-    ///     - active: Whether the style is currently applied.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func style(_ style: String, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
-        ModifierWrapper(content: self, style: style, styleActive: active)
-    }
-
-    /// Make the view insensitive (useful e.g. in overlays).
-    /// - Parameter insensitive: Whether the view is insensitive.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func insensitive(_ insensitive: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
-        ModifierWrapper(content: self, insensitive: insensitive)
-    }
-
-    /// Set the view's visibility.
-    /// - Parameter visible: Whether the view is visible.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func visible(_ visible: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
-        ModifierWrapper(content: self, visible: visible)
-    }
-
-    /// Add a tooltip to the widget.
-    /// - Parameter tooltip: The tooltip text.
-    /// - Returns: A view.
-    public func tooltip(_ tooltip: String) -> AnyView {
-        ModifierWrapper(content: self, tooltip: tooltip)
-    }
-
     /// Present a toast when the signal gets activated.
     /// - Parameters:
     ///     - title: The title of the toast.
@@ -341,20 +299,11 @@ extension AnyView {
         BreakpointBin(condition: .minHeight(minHeight), matches: matches) { self }
     }
 
-    /// Whether the view has a width higher or equal to its natural width.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - matches: Whether the content view matches the breakpoint.
-    ///     - padding: Increase the natural width by a certain padding.
-    public func naturalWidth(matches: Binding<Bool>, padding: Int = 0) -> AnyView {
-        BreakpointBin(condition: .naturalWidth(padding: padding), matches: matches) { self }
-    }
-
-    /// Whether the view has a height higher or equal to its natural height.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - matches: Whether the content view matches the breakpoint.
-    ///     - padding: Increase the natural height by a certain padding.
-    public func naturalHeight(matches: Binding<Bool>, padding: Int = 0) -> AnyView {
-        BreakpointBin(condition: .naturalHeight(padding: padding), matches: matches) { self }
+    /// Build the UI from scratch once the identifier changes.
+    /// - Parameter id: The identifier.
+    public func id(_ id: CustomStringConvertible) -> AnyView {
+        ViewStack(id: id) { _ in self }
+            .limitChildren()
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/AnyView+wrapModifier.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+//
+//  AnyView+wrapModifier.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 02.02.26.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+
+extension AnyView {
+
+    /// Add padding around a view.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///   - padding: The size of the padding.
+    ///   - edges: The edges which are affected by the padding.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func padding(_ padding: Int = 10, _ edges: Set<Edge> = .all) -> AnyView {
+        wrapModifier(properties: [padding, edges]) { storage in
+            if edges.contains(.leading) { gtk_widget_set_margin_start(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), padding.cInt) }
+            if edges.contains(.trailing) { gtk_widget_set_margin_end(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), padding.cInt) }
+            if edges.contains(.top) { gtk_widget_set_margin_top(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), padding.cInt) }
+            if edges.contains(.bottom) { gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), padding.cInt) }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Add a padding of 10 around a view.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///   - edges: The edges which are affected by the padding.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func padding(_ edges: Set<Edge> = .all) -> AnyView {
+        padding(10, edges)
+    }
+
+    /// Enable or disable the horizontal expansion.
+    /// - Parameter enabled: Whether it is enabled or disabled.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func hexpand(_ enabled: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
+        wrapModifier(properties: [enabled]) { storage in
+            gtk_widget_set_hexpand(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), enabled.cBool)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Enable or disable the vertical expansion.
+    /// - Parameter enabled: Whether it is enabled or disabled.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func vexpand(_ enabled: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
+        wrapModifier(properties: [enabled]) { storage in
+            gtk_widget_set_vexpand(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), enabled.cBool)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Set the horizontal alignment.
+    /// - Parameter align: The alignment.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func halign(_ align: Alignment) -> AnyView {
+        wrapModifier(properties: [align]) { storage in
+            gtk_widget_set_halign(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), align.cAlign)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Set the vertical alignment.
+    /// - Parameter align: The alignment.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func valign(_ align: Alignment) -> AnyView {
+        wrapModifier(properties: [align]) { storage in
+            gtk_widget_set_valign(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), align.cAlign)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Set the view's minimal width or height.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///   - minWidth: The minimal width.
+    ///   - minHeight: The minimal height.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func frame(minWidth: Int? = nil, minHeight: Int? = nil) -> AnyView {
+        wrapModifier(properties: [minWidth, minHeight]) { storage in
+            gtk_widget_set_size_request(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), minWidth?.cInt ?? 1, minHeight?.cInt ?? -1)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Add a style class to the view.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - style: The style class.
+    ///     - active: Whether the style is currently applied.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func style(_ style: String, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
+        wrapModifier(properties: [style, active]) { storage in
+            if active {
+                gtk_widget_add_css_class(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), style)
+            } else {
+                gtk_widget_remove_css_class(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), style)
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Make the view insensitive (useful e.g. in overlays).
+    /// - Parameter insensitive: Whether the view is insensitive.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func insensitive(_ insensitive: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
+        wrapModifier(properties: [insensitive]) { storage in
+            gtk_widget_set_sensitive(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), insensitive ? 0 : 1)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Set the view's visibility.
+    /// - Parameter visible: Whether the view is visible.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func visible(_ visible: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
+        wrapModifier(properties: [visible]) { storage in
+            gtk_widget_set_visible(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), visible.cBool)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Add a tooltip to the widget.
+    /// - Parameter tooltip: The tooltip text.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func tooltip(_ tooltip: String) -> AnyView {
+        wrapModifier(properties: [tooltip]) { storage in
+            gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), tooltip)
+        }
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Button+.swift

@@ -45,8 +45,11 @@ extension Button {
     ///     - window: The application window.
     ///     - active: Whether the keyboard shortcut is active.
     /// - Returns: The button.
-    public func keyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, window: AdwaitaWindow, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
-        onUpdate {
+    public func keyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
+        inspect { _, data, _ in
+            guard let window = data.sceneStorage.pointer as? AdwaitaWindow else {
+                return
+            }
             if active {
                 window.app.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: shortcut, window: window) { self.clicked?() }
             } else {
@@ -63,12 +66,15 @@ extension Button {
     ///     - window: The application.
     ///     - active: Whether the keyboard shortcut is active.
     /// - Returns: The button.
-    public func keyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, app: AdwaitaApp, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
-        onUpdate {
+    public func appKeyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
+        inspect { _, data, _ in
+            guard let window = data.sceneStorage.pointer as? AdwaitaWindow else {
+                return
+            }
             if active {
-                app.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: shortcut) { self.clicked?() }
+                window.app.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: shortcut) { self.clicked?() }
             } else {
-                app.removeKeyboardShortcut(id: shortcut)
+                window.app.removeKeyboardShortcut(id: shortcut)
             }
         }
     }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Dialogs/AboutDialog.swift

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ import CAdw
 import Foundation
 
 /// The about dialog widget.
-public struct AboutDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
+struct AboutDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
 
     /// Whether the dialog is visible.
     @Binding var visible: Bool
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ public struct AboutDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
     ///     - icon: The icon.
     ///     - website: The website's URL.
     ///     - issues: The link for opening issues.
-    public init(
+    init(
         visible: Binding<Bool>,
         child: AnyView,
         appName: String? = nil,
@@ -67,10 +67,8 @@ public struct AboutDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
     ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
     ///     - type: The view render data type.
     /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
-        let storage = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        return storage
+    func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
+        child.storage(data: data, type: type)
     }
 
     /// Update the stored content.
@@ -79,7 +77,7 @@ public struct AboutDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
     ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
     ///     - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
     ///     - type: The view render data type.
-    public func update<Data>(
+    func update<Data>(
         _ storage: ViewStorage,
         data: WidgetData,
         updateProperties: Bool,

Sources/Adwaita/View/Dialogs/AlertDialog.swift

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public struct AlertDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
     ///     - heading: The heading.
     ///     - body: The body text.
     ///     - extraChild: The body view.
-    public init(
+    init(
         visible: Binding<Bool>,
         child: AnyView,
         id: String,
@@ -106,9 +106,7 @@ public struct AlertDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
         data: WidgetData,
         type: Data.Type
     ) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
-        let storage = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        return storage
+        child.storage(data: data, type: type)
     }
 
     /// Update the stored content.
@@ -217,6 +215,7 @@ public struct AlertDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
         storage.content[Self.dialogID + id] = [dialog]
         if let extraChild {
             let child = extraChild.storage(data: data, type: AdwaitaMainView.self)
+            extraChild.updateStorage(child, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: AdwaitaMainView.self)
             let childPointer = child.pointer as? OpaquePointer
             storage.content["extra-child"] = [child]
             adw_alert_dialog_set_extra_child(pointer?.cast(), childPointer?.cast())

Sources/Adwaita/View/Dialogs/Dialog.swift

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 import CAdw
 
 /// The dialog widget.
-public struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
+struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
 
     /// Whether the dialog is visible.
     @Binding var visible: Bool
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
     ///     - title: The title.
     ///     - width: The width.
     ///     - height: The height.
-    public init(
+    init(
         visible: Binding<Bool>,
         child: AnyView,
         id: String,
@@ -62,11 +62,9 @@ public struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
     ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
     ///     - type: The view render data type.
     /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
+    func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
         let child = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
-        let storage = ViewStorage(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        return storage
+        return .init(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
     }
 
     /// Update the stored content.
@@ -75,7 +73,7 @@ public struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
     ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
     ///     - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
     ///     - type: The view render data type.
-    public func update<Data>(
+    func update<Data>(
         _ storage: ViewStorage,
         data: WidgetData,
         updateProperties: Bool,
@@ -132,6 +130,7 @@ public struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
         let dialog = ViewStorage(pointer?.opaque())
         storage.content[dialogID + id] = [dialog]
         let contentStorage = content.storage(data: data, type: type)
+        content.updateStorage(contentStorage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
         adw_dialog_set_child(pointer, contentStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         storage.content[contentID + id] = [contentStorage]
         dialog.connectSignal(name: "closed") {

Sources/Adwaita/View/Dialogs/FileDialog.swift

@@ -9,67 +9,103 @@ import CAdw
 import Foundation
 
 /// A structure representing a file dialog window.
-public struct FileDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
+struct FileDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
 
-    /// Whether the dialog is an importer.
-    var importer: Bool
+    /// The dialog type.
+    var type: DialogType
     /// Whether the dialog should open.
     var open: Signal
     /// The dialog's child.
     var child: AnyView
     /// The initial folder.
     var initialFolder: URL?
-    /// The initial file name for the file exporter.
-    var initialName: String?
-    /// The accepted extensions for the file importer.
-    var extensions: [String]?
     /// The closure to run when the import or export is successful.
     var result: (URL) -> Void
     /// The closure to run when the import or export is not successful.
     var cancel: () -> Void
 
-    // swiftlint:disable function_default_parameter_at_end
     /// Initialize the file dialog wrapper.
     /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - importer: Whether it is an importer.
+    ///     - type: The dialog type.
     ///     - open: The signal.
     ///     - child: The wrapped view.
-    ///     - initialFolder: The initial URL.
-    ///     - initialName: The initial name.
-    ///     - extensions: The file extensions.
     ///     - result: Run when the import or export succeeds.
     ///     - cancel: Run when the import or export is not successful.
-    public init(
-        importer: Bool = true,
+    ///     - initialFolder: The initial folder.
+    init(
+        type: DialogType,
         `open`: Signal,
         child: AnyView,
         result: @escaping (URL) -> Void,
         cancel: @escaping () -> Void,
         initialFolder: URL? = nil,
-        initialName: String? = nil,
-        extensions: [String]? = nil
     ) {
-        self.importer = importer
+        self.type = type
         self.open = open
         self.child = child
         self.result = result
         self.cancel = cancel
         self.initialFolder = initialFolder
-        self.initialName = initialName
-        self.extensions = extensions
     }
-    // swiftlint:enable function_default_parameter_at_end
+
+    /// The different types of dialogs and their properties.
+    enum DialogType {
+
+        /// An importer dialog.
+        case importer(folder: Bool, extensions: [String]?)
+        /// An exporter dialog.
+        case exporter(initialName: String?)
+
+        /// Whether the dialog is an importer.
+        var isImporter: Bool {
+            switch self {
+            case .importer:
+                true
+            default:
+                false
+            }
+        }
+
+        /// The supported extensions.
+        var extensions: [String]? {
+            switch self {
+            case let .importer(folder: _, extensions: extensions):
+                extensions
+            default:
+                nil
+            }
+        }
+
+        /// Whether to import folders.
+        var folder: Bool {
+            switch self {
+            case let .importer(folder: folder, extensions: _):
+                folder
+            default:
+                false
+            }
+        }
+
+        /// The initial name.
+        var initialName: String? {
+            switch self {
+            case let .exporter(initialName: initialName):
+                initialName
+            default:
+                nil
+            }
+        }
+
+    }
 
     /// The view storage.
     /// - Parameters:
     ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
     ///     - type: The view render data type.
     /// - Returns: The view storage.
-    public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
+    func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
         let child = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
-        let storage = ViewStorage(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        return storage
+        return .init(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
     }
 
     /// Update the stored content.
@@ -78,7 +114,7 @@ public struct FileDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
     ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
     ///     - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
     ///     - type: The view render data type.
-    public func update<Data>(
+    func update<Data>(
         _ storage: ViewStorage,
         data: WidgetData,
         updateProperties: Bool,
@@ -94,10 +130,10 @@ public struct FileDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
             var unref: [OpaquePointer?] = []
             let pointer = gtk_file_dialog_new()
             unref.append(pointer)
-            if let initialName {
+            if let initialName = self.type.initialName {
                 gtk_file_dialog_set_initial_name(pointer, initialName)
             }
-            if let extensions {
+            if let extensions = self.type.extensions {
                 let filter = gtk_file_filter_new()
                 for name in extensions {
                     gtk_file_filter_add_suffix(filter, name)
@@ -125,7 +161,9 @@ public struct FileDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
             storage.fields["callbacks"] = callbacks
             let ptr = UInt64(Int(bitPattern: pointer))
             let window = UInt64(Int(bitPattern: gtk_widget_get_root(mainStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())))
-            if importer {
+            if self.type.isImporter && self.type.folder {
+                gtui_filedialog_open_folder(ptr, unsafeBitCast(callbacks, to: UInt64.self), window)
+            } else if self.type.isImporter {
                 gtui_filedialog_open(ptr, unsafeBitCast(callbacks, to: UInt64.self), window)
             } else {
                 gtui_filedialog_save(ptr, unsafeBitCast(callbacks, to: UInt64.self), window)

Sources/Adwaita/View/Dialogs/PreferencesDialog.swift

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
     ///     - visible: Whether the dialog is visible.
     ///     - child: The wrapped view.
     ///     - id: An unique identifier for dialogs on the view.
-    public init(
+    init(
         visible: Binding<Bool>,
         child: AnyView,
         id: String
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
         /// - Parameters:
         ///     - title: The page title.
         ///     - icon: The page's icon.
-        public init(_ title: String, icon: Icon) {
+        init(_ title: String, icon: Icon) {
             self.title = title
             self.icon = icon
         }
@@ -62,15 +62,18 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
         /// - Parameter data: The widget data.
         /// - Returns: The preferences page pointer and the groups view storages.
         func gtkPreferencesPage(data: WidgetData) -> (OpaquePointer?, [ViewStorage]) {
-            let page = Core.PreferencesPage()
+            let page = Adwaita.PreferencesPage()
                 .title(title)
                 .iconName(icon.string)
-                .storage(data: data.noModifiers, type: AdwaitaMainView.self)
-            let groups = content.map { $0.gtkPreferencesGroup(data: data) }
-            for group in groups {
-                adw_preferences_page_add(page.opaquePointer?.cast(), group.opaquePointer?.cast())
+            let pageStorage = page.storage(data: data.noModifiers, type: AdwaitaMainView.self)
+            page.update(pageStorage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: AdwaitaMainView.self)
+            let groups = content.map { item in
+                let storage = item.gtkPreferencesGroup(data: data)
+                item.update(group: storage, data: data, updateProperties: true)
+                adw_preferences_page_add(pageStorage.opaquePointer?.cast(), storage.opaquePointer?.cast())
+                return storage
             }
-            return (page.opaquePointer, groups)
+            return (pageStorage.opaquePointer, groups)
         }
 
         /// Update the page.
@@ -120,7 +123,7 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
         /// Get the GTk preferences group.
         /// - Parameter data: The widget data.
         /// - Returns: The preferences group.
-        func group(data: WidgetData) -> Core.PreferencesGroup {
+        func group(data: WidgetData) -> Adwaita.PreferencesGroup {
             .init()
                 .title(title)
                 .description(description)
@@ -153,9 +156,7 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// - Returns: The view storage.
     public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
         let child = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
-        let storage = ViewStorage(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        return storage
+        return .init(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
     }
 
     /// Update the stored content.
@@ -174,9 +175,11 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
             child.updateStorage(storage, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
         }
         defer {
-            for (index, page) in pages.enumerated() {
-                if let preferences = storage.content["preferences-\(index)"] {
-                    page.update(groups: preferences, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties)
+            if visible {
+                for (index, page) in pages.enumerated() {
+                    if let preferences = storage.content["preferences-\(index)"] {
+                        page.update(groups: preferences, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties)
+                    }
                 }
             }
         }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Dialogs/ShortcutsDialog.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+//
+//  ShortcutsDialog.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by david-swift on 04.11.25.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+
+/// The shortcuts dialog widget.
+public struct ShortcutsDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
+
+    /// Whether the dialog is visible.
+    @Binding var visible: Bool
+    /// An identifier used if multiple dialogs are on one view.
+    var id: String
+    /// The shortcuts dialog sections.
+    var sections: [ShortcutsSection] = []
+    /// The content.
+    var child: AnyView
+
+    /// The ID for the dialog's storage.
+    let dialogID = "dialog"
+    /// The ID for the content's storage.
+    let contentID = "content"
+
+    /// Initialize a dialog wrapper.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - visible: Whether the dialog is visible.
+    ///     - child: The wrapped view.
+    ///     - id: A unique identifier for dialogs on the view.
+    init(
+        visible: Binding<Bool>,
+        child: AnyView,
+        id: String
+    ) {
+        self._visible = visible
+        self.child = child
+        self.id = id
+    }
+
+    /// A shortcuts section.
+    public struct ShortcutsSection {
+
+        /// The section's title.
+        var title: String?
+        /// The section's content.
+        var content: [ShortcutsItem] = []
+
+        /// Initialize the shortcuts section.
+        /// - Parameter title: The section's title.
+        init(_ title: String?) {
+            self.title = title
+        }
+
+        /// Get the GTK shortcuts section as well as the section's view storages.
+        /// - Parameter data: The widget data.
+        /// - Returns: The shortcuts section pointer and the section's view storages.
+        func gtkShortcutsSection(data: WidgetData) -> (OpaquePointer?, [ViewStorage]) {
+            let section = adw_shortcuts_section_new(title)
+            let items = content.map { $0.gtkShortcutsItem(data: data) }
+            for item in items {
+                adw_shortcuts_section_add(section, item.opaquePointer)
+            }
+            return (section, items)
+        }
+
+        /// Add a shortcuts item.
+        /// - Parameters:
+        ///     - title: The item's title.
+        ///     - accelerator: The shortcut acccelerator.
+        public func shortcutsItem(
+            _ title: String,
+            accelerator: String
+        ) -> Self {
+            var newSelf = self
+            newSelf.content.append(
+                .init(
+                    title: title,
+                    accelerator: accelerator
+                )
+            )
+            return newSelf
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    /// The shortcuts item.
+    struct ShortcutsItem {
+
+        /// The item's title.
+        var title: String
+        /// The item's description.
+        var accelerator: String
+
+        /// Get the GTK preferences group's storage.
+        /// - Parameter data: The widget data.
+        /// - Returns: The view storage.
+        func gtkShortcutsItem(data: WidgetData) -> ViewStorage {
+            .init(adw_shortcuts_item_new(title, accelerator))
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    /// The view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
+    ///     - type: The view render data type.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
+        let child = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
+        return .init(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
+    }
+
+    /// Update the stored content.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The storage to update.
+    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
+    ///     - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
+    ///     - type: The view render data type.
+    public func update<Data>(
+        _ storage: ViewStorage,
+        data: WidgetData,
+        updateProperties: Bool,
+        type: Data.Type
+    ) where Data: ViewRenderData {
+        if let storage = storage.content[.mainContent]?.first {
+            child.updateStorage(storage, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+        }
+        guard updateProperties else {
+            return
+        }
+        if visible {
+            if storage.content[dialogID + id]?.first == nil {
+                createDialog(storage: storage, data: data, type: type)
+                adw_dialog_present(
+                    storage.content[dialogID + id]?.first?.opaquePointer?.cast(),
+                    storage.opaquePointer?.cast()
+                )
+            }
+        } else {
+            if storage.content[dialogID + id]?.first != nil {
+                let dialog = storage.content[dialogID + id]?.first?.opaquePointer
+                adw_dialog_close(dialog?.cast())
+                g_object_unref(dialog?.cast())
+                for index in sections.indices {
+                    let container = storage.content["shortcuts-\(index)"]?.map { $0.opaquePointer }
+                    container?.forEach { g_object_unref($0?.cast()) }
+                    g_object_unref((storage.fields["shortcuts-\(index)"] as? OpaquePointer)?.cast())
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Create a new instance of the dialog.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The wrapped view's storage.
+    ///     - modifiers: The view modifiers.
+    ///     - type: The view render data type.
+    func createDialog<Data>(
+        storage: ViewStorage,
+        data: WidgetData,
+        type: Data.Type
+    ) where Data: ViewRenderData {
+        let pointer = adw_shortcuts_dialog_new()
+        let dialog = ViewStorage(pointer?.opaque())
+        storage.content[dialogID + id] = [dialog]
+        dialog.connectSignal(name: "closed") {
+            storage.content[dialogID + id] = []
+            storage.content[contentID + id] = []
+            if visible {
+                visible = false
+            }
+        }
+        for (index, section) in sections.map({ $0.gtkShortcutsSection(data: data) }).enumerated() {
+            storage.content["shortcuts-\(index)"] = section.1
+            storage.fields["shortcuts-\(index)"] = section.0
+            adw_shortcuts_dialog_add(pointer?.opaque(), section.0)
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// Add a shortcuts section.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The section's title or `nil`.
+    ///     - content: Modify the shortcuts items.
+    public func shortcutsSection(
+        _ title: String? = nil,
+        content: (ShortcutsSection) -> ShortcutsSection
+    ) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.sections.append(content(.init(title))) }
+    }
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/DropDown+.swift

@@ -17,27 +17,40 @@ extension DropDown {
 
     /// Initialize a combo row.
     /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - title: The row's title.
     ///     - selection: The selected value.
     ///     - values: The available values.
     public init<Element>(
         selection: Binding<Element.ID>,
         values: [Element]
     ) where Element: Identifiable, Element: CustomStringConvertible {
+        self.init(selection: selection, values: values, id: \.id, description: \.description)
+    }
+
+    /// Initialize a combo row.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The row's title.
+    ///     - selection: The selected value.
+    ///     - values: The available values.
+    public init<Element, Identifier>(
+        selection: Binding<Identifier>,
+        values: [Element],
+        id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
+        description: KeyPath<Element, String>
+    ) where Identifier: Equatable {
         self.init()
         self = self.selected(.init {
-            .init(values.firstIndex { $0.id == selection.wrappedValue } ?? 0)
+            .init(values.firstIndex { $0[keyPath: id] == selection.wrappedValue } ?? 0)
         } set: { index in
-            if let id = values[safe: .init(index)]?.id {
+            if let id = values[safe: .init(index)]?[keyPath: id] {
                 selection.wrappedValue = id
             }
         })
         appearFunctions.append { storage, _ in
             storage.fields[Self.stringList] = gtk_drop_down_get_model(storage.opaquePointer)
-            Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, element: Element.self)
+            Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, id: id, description: description)
         }
         updateFunctions.append { storage, _, _ in
-            Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, element: Element.self)
+            Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, id: id, description: description)
         }
     }
 
@@ -45,20 +58,23 @@ extension DropDown {
     /// - Parameters:
     ///     - storage: The view storage.
     ///     - values: The elements.
-    ///     - element: The type of the elements.
-    static func updateContent<Element>(
+    ///     - id: The keypath to the id.
+    ///     - description: The keypath to the description.
+    static func updateContent<Element, Identifier>(
         storage: ViewStorage,
         values: [Element],
-        element: Element.Type
-    ) where Element: Identifiable, Element: CustomStringConvertible {
+        id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
+        description: KeyPath<Element, String>
+    ) where Identifier: Equatable {
         if let list = storage.fields[Self.stringList] as? OpaquePointer {
             let old = storage.fields[Self.values] as? [Element] ?? []
-            old.identifiableTransform(
+            old.transform(
                 to: values,
+                id: id,
                 functions: .init { index in
                     gtk_string_list_remove(list, .init(index))
                 } insert: { _, element in
-                    gtk_string_list_append(list, element.description)
+                    gtk_string_list_append(list, element[keyPath: description])
                 }
             )
             storage.fields[Self.values] = values

Sources/Adwaita/View/FlowBox+.swift

@@ -17,19 +17,21 @@ extension FlowBox {
     /// Initialize `FlowBox`.
     /// - Parameters:
     ///   - elements: The elements.
+    ///   - id: The element identifier keypath.
     ///   - selection: The identifier of the selected element. Selection disabled if `nil`.
     ///   - content: The view for an element.
     public init(
         _ elements: [Element],
-        selection: Binding<Element.ID>?,
+        id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
+        selection: Binding<Identifier>? = nil,
         @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body
     ) {
-        self.init(elements, content: content)
-        let id: (ViewStorage, [Element]) -> Element.ID? = { storage, elements in
+        self.init(elements, id: id, content: content)
+        let getID: (ViewStorage, [Element]) -> Identifier? = { storage, elements in
             if let child = g_list_nth_data(gtk_flow_box_get_selected_children(storage.opaquePointer), 0) {
                 let element = gtk_flow_box_child_get_child(child.cast())
                 return elements[safe: storage.content[.mainContent]?
-                    .firstIndex { $0.opaquePointer?.cast() == element }]?.id
+                    .firstIndex { $0.opaquePointer?.cast() == element }]?[keyPath: id]
             }
             return nil
         }
@@ -37,12 +39,12 @@ extension FlowBox {
             updateFunctions.append { storage, _, _ in
                 storage.connectSignal(name: "selected_children_changed", id: Self.selectionField) {
                     if let elements = storage.fields[Self.elementsField] as? [Element],
-                    let id = id(storage, elements) {
+                    let id = getID(storage, elements) {
                         selection.wrappedValue = id
                     }
                 }
-                if selection.wrappedValue != id(storage, elements),
-                let index = elements.firstIndex(where: { $0.id == selection.wrappedValue })?.cInt {
+                if selection.wrappedValue != getID(storage, elements),
+                let index = elements.firstIndex(where: { $0[keyPath: id] == selection.wrappedValue })?.cInt {
                     gtk_flow_box_select_child(
                         storage.opaquePointer,
                         gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_index(storage.opaquePointer, index)
@@ -57,3 +59,20 @@ extension FlowBox {
     }
 
 }
+
+extension FlowBox where Element: Identifiable, Identifier == Element.ID {
+
+    /// Initialize `FlowBox`.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///   - elements: The elements.
+    ///   - selection: The identifier of the selected element. Selection disabled if `nil`.
+    ///   - content: The view for an element.
+    public init(
+        _ elements: [Element],
+        selection: Binding<Element.ID>? = nil,
+        @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body
+    ) {
+        self.init(elements, id: \.id, selection: selection, content: content)
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/ForEach.swift

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ import CAdw
 import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A dynamic list but without a list design in the user interface.
-public struct ForEach<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
+public struct ForEach<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equatable {
 
     /// The dynamic widget elements.
     var elements: [Element]
@@ -17,12 +17,22 @@ public struct ForEach<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     var content: (Element) -> Body
     /// Whether the list is horizontal.
     var horizontal: Bool
+    /// Whether the children should all be the same size.
+    var homogeneous: Bool?
+    /// The path to the identifier.
+    var id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>
 
     /// Initialize `ForEach`.
-    public init(_ elements: [Element], horizontal: Bool = false, @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
+    public init(
+        _ elements: [Element],
+        id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
+        horizontal: Bool = false,
+        @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body
+    ) {
         self.elements = elements
         self.content = content
         self.horizontal = horizontal
+        self.id = id
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -34,11 +44,9 @@ public struct ForEach<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
         data: WidgetData,
         type: Data.Type
     ) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
-        let storage = ViewStorage(
+        .init(
             gtk_box_new(horizontal ? GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL : GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, 0)?.opaque()
         )
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        return storage
     }
 
     /// Update the stored content.
@@ -56,8 +64,9 @@ public struct ForEach<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
         var contentStorage: [ViewStorage] = storage.content[.mainContent] ?? []
         let old = storage.fields["element"] as? [Element] ?? []
         let widget: UnsafeMutablePointer<GtkBox>? = storage.opaquePointer?.cast()
-        old.identifiableTransform(
+        old.transform(
             to: elements,
+            id: id,
             functions: .init { index in
                 let child = contentStorage[safe: index]?.opaquePointer
                 gtk_box_remove(widget, child?.cast())
@@ -73,10 +82,16 @@ public struct ForEach<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
             }
         )
         if updateProperties {
-            gtk_orientable_set_orientation(
-                widget?.opaque(),
-                horizontal ? GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL : GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL
-            )
+            if (storage.previousState as? Self)?.horizontal != horizontal {
+                gtk_orientable_set_orientation(
+                    widget?.opaque(),
+                    horizontal ? GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL : GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL
+                )
+            }
+            if let homogeneous, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.homogeneous != homogeneous {
+                gtk_box_set_homogeneous(widget?.cast(), homogeneous.cBool)
+            }
+            storage.previousState = self
         }
         storage.fields["element"] = elements
         storage.content[.mainContent] = contentStorage
@@ -91,4 +106,23 @@ public struct ForEach<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
         }
     }
 
+    /// Whether the children should all be the same size.
+    /// - Parameter homogeneous: Whether the children should all be the same size.
+    /// - Returns: The for each view.
+    public func homogeneous(_ homogeneous: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.homogeneous = homogeneous }
+    }
+
+}
+
+extension ForEach where Element: Identifiable, Identifier == Element.ID {
+
+    /// Initialize `ForEach`.
+    public init(_ elements: [Element], horizontal: Bool = false, @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
+        self.elements = elements
+        self.content = content
+        self.horizontal = horizontal
+        self.id = \.id
+    }
+
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/ActionRow+.swift

@@ -14,4 +14,11 @@ extension ActionRow {
         self = self.title(title)
     }
 
+    /// Deemphasize the row title and emphasize the subtitle.
+    /// - Parameter active: Whether the style is currently applied.
+    /// - Returns: A view.
+    public func property(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
+        style("property", active: active)
+    }
+
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/ComboRow+.swift

@@ -26,11 +26,26 @@ extension ComboRow {
         selection: Binding<Element.ID>,
         values: [Element]
     ) where Element: Identifiable, Element: CustomStringConvertible {
+        self.init(title, selection: selection, values: values, id: \.id, description: \.description)
+    }
+
+    /// Initialize a combo row.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - title: The row's title.
+    ///     - selection: The selected value.
+    ///     - values: The available values.
+    public init<Element, Identifier>(
+        _ title: String,
+        selection: Binding<Identifier>,
+        values: [Element],
+        id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
+        description: KeyPath<Element, String>
+    ) where Identifier: Equatable {
         self = self.title(title)
         self = self.selected(.init {
-            .init(values.firstIndex { $0.id == selection.wrappedValue } ?? 0)
+            .init(values.firstIndex { $0[keyPath: id] == selection.wrappedValue } ?? 0)
         } set: { index in
-            if let id = values[safe: .init(index)]?.id {
+            if let id = values[safe: .init(index)]?[keyPath: id] {
                 selection.wrappedValue = id
             }
         })
@@ -39,34 +54,10 @@ extension ComboRow {
             storage.fields[Self.stringList] = list
             adw_combo_row_set_model(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), list)
             g_object_unref(list?.cast())
-            Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, element: Element.self)
+            DropDown.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, id: id, description: description)
         }
         updateFunctions.append { storage, _, _ in
-            Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, element: Element.self)
-        }
-    }
-
-    /// Update the combo row's content.
-    /// - Parameters:
-    ///     - storage: The view storage.
-    ///     - values: The elements.
-    ///     - element: The type of the elements.
-    static func updateContent<Element>(
-        storage: ViewStorage,
-        values: [Element],
-        element: Element.Type
-    ) where Element: Identifiable, Element: CustomStringConvertible {
-        if let list = storage.fields[Self.stringList] as? OpaquePointer {
-            let old = storage.fields[Self.values] as? [Element] ?? []
-            old.identifiableTransform(
-                to: values,
-                functions: .init { index in
-                    gtk_string_list_remove(list, .init(index))
-                } insert: { _, element in
-                    gtk_string_list_append(list, element.description)
-                }
-            )
-            storage.fields[Self.values] = values
+            DropDown.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, id: id, description: description)
         }
     }
 

Sources/Adwaita/View/Forms/Form.swift

@@ -15,11 +15,8 @@ public struct Form: SimpleView {
 
     /// The view's body.
     public var view: Body {
-        ModifierWrapper(
-            content: List([Int](content.indices), selection: nil) { index in content[index] },
-            style: "boxed-list",
-            styleActive: true
-        )
+        List([Int](content.indices), selection: nil) { index in content[index] }
+            .style("boxed-list")
     }
 
     /// Initialize a `Form`.

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ActionRow.swift

@@ -2,15 +2,15 @@
 //  ActionRow.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
 import LevenshteinTransformations
 
-/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to present actions.
+/// A `Gtk.ListBoxRow` used to present actions.
+/// 
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="action-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="action-row.png" alt="action-row"></picture>
 /// 
 /// The `AdwActionRow` widget can have a title, a subtitle and an icon. The row
 /// can receive additional widgets at its end, or prefix widgets at its start.
@@ -21,56 +21,35 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// will automatically make it activatable, but unsetting it won't change the
 /// row's activatability.
 /// 
-/// ## AdwActionRow as GtkBuildable
 /// 
-/// The `AdwActionRow` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
-/// supports adding a child at its end by specifying “suffix” or omitting the
-/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
-/// 
-/// It also supports adding a child as a prefix widget by specifying “prefix” as
-/// the “type” attribute of a <child> element.
-/// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// `AdwActionRow` has a main CSS node with name `row`.
-/// 
-/// It contains the subnode `box.header` for its main horizontal box, and
-/// `box.title` for the vertical box containing the title and subtitle labels.
-/// 
-/// It contains subnodes `label.title` and `label.subtitle` representing
-/// respectively the title label and subtitle label.
-/// 
-/// ## Style classes
-/// 
-/// `AdwActionRow` can use the [`.property`](style-classes.html#property-rows)
-/// style class to emphasize the row subtitle instead of the row title, which is
-/// useful for displaying read-only properties.
-/// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="property-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="property-row.png" alt="property-row"></picture>
-/// 
-/// When used together with the `.monospace` style class, only the subtitle
-/// becomes monospace, not the title or any extra widgets.
 public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
     /// 
     /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
-    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
-    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// `ActionRow.activate`, or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to enable
     /// mnemonics.
     /// 
     /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
-    var activatableWidget: (() -> Body)?
+    /// `Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate` signal on it.
+    var activatableWidget: Body?
     /// The subtitle for this row.
     /// 
     /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     var subtitle: String?
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
     /// ellipsized.
@@ -79,12 +58,12 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     var subtitleLines: Int?
     /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     var subtitleSelectable: Bool?
     /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
     /// 
     /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     var title: String?
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
     /// 
@@ -92,13 +71,13 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     var titleLines: Int?
     /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     var titleSelectable: Bool?
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
     /// 
     /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     var useMarkup: Bool?
     /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
     var useUnderline: Bool?
@@ -123,8 +102,7 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["activatableWidget"] = [activatableWidgetStorage]
             adw_action_row_set_activatable_widget(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), activatableWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -159,7 +137,7 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
         storage.modify { widget in
 
             if let widget = storage.content["activatableWidget"]?.first {
-                activatableWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                activatableWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let subtitleLines, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.subtitleLines != subtitleLines {
                 adw_action_row_set_subtitle_lines(widget?.cast(), subtitleLines.cInt)
@@ -224,26 +202,22 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
     /// 
     /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
-    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
-    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// `ActionRow.activate`, or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to enable
     /// mnemonics.
     /// 
     /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
-    public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.activatableWidget = activatableWidget
-        return newSelf
+    /// `Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate` signal on it.
+    public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.activatableWidget = activatableWidget() }
     }
 
     /// The subtitle for this row.
     /// 
     /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.subtitle = subtitle }
     }
 
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
@@ -251,64 +225,50 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
     public func subtitleLines(_ subtitleLines: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitleLines = subtitleLines
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.subtitleLines = subtitleLines }
     }
 
     /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     public func subtitleSelectable(_ subtitleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable }
     }
 
     /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
     /// 
     /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.title = title
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.title = title }
     }
 
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
     /// 
     /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
     public func titleLines(_ titleLines: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.titleLines = titleLines
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.titleLines = titleLines }
     }
 
     /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.titleSelectable = titleSelectable }
     }
 
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
     /// 
     /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
     }
 
     /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
     public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
     }
 
     /// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/AspectFrame.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  AspectFrame.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -13,34 +13,33 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// The frame can respect the aspect ratio of the child widget,
 /// or use its own aspect ratio.
 /// 
-/// # CSS nodes
 /// 
-/// `GtkAspectFrame` uses a CSS node with name `aspectframe`.
-/// 
-/// # Accessibility
-/// 
-/// Until GTK 4.10, `GtkAspectFrame` used the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.group] role.
-/// 
-/// Starting from GTK 4.12, `GtkAspectFrame` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.generic] role.
 public struct AspectFrame: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     var accessibleRole: String?
     /// The child widget.
-    var child: (() -> Body)?
+    var child: Body?
     /// Whether the `GtkAspectFrame` should use the aspect ratio of its child.
     var obeyChild: Bool?
     /// The aspect ratio to be used by the `GtkAspectFrame`.
     /// 
     /// This property is only used if
-    /// [property@Gtk.AspectFrame:obey-child] is set to %FALSE.
+    /// ``obeyChild(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     var ratio: Float
     /// The horizontal alignment of the child.
     var xalign: Float?
@@ -62,8 +61,7 @@ public struct AspectFrame: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
             gtk_aspect_frame_set_child(storage.opaquePointer, childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -81,7 +79,7 @@ public struct AspectFrame: AdwaitaWidget {
         storage.modify { widget in
 
             if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
-                child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let obeyChild, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.obeyChild != obeyChild {
                 gtk_aspect_frame_set_obey_child(widget, obeyChild.cBool)
@@ -111,47 +109,35 @@ public struct AspectFrame: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// The child widget.
-    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.child = child
-        return newSelf
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.child = child() }
     }
 
     /// Whether the `GtkAspectFrame` should use the aspect ratio of its child.
     public func obeyChild(_ obeyChild: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.obeyChild = obeyChild
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.obeyChild = obeyChild }
     }
 
     /// The aspect ratio to be used by the `GtkAspectFrame`.
     /// 
     /// This property is only used if
-    /// [property@Gtk.AspectFrame:obey-child] is set to %FALSE.
+    /// ``obeyChild(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     public func ratio(_ ratio: Float) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.ratio = ratio
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.ratio = ratio }
     }
 
     /// The horizontal alignment of the child.
     public func xalign(_ xalign: Float?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.xalign = xalign
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.xalign = xalign }
     }
 
     /// The vertical alignment of the child.
     public func yalign(_ yalign: Float?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.yalign = yalign
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.yalign = yalign }
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Avatar.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Avatar.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,34 +10,35 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A widget displaying an image, with a generated fallback.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="avatar-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="avatar.png" alt="avatar"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// `AdwAvatar` is a widget that shows a round avatar.
 /// 
 /// `AdwAvatar` generates an avatar with the initials of  the
-/// [property@Avatar:text] on top of a colored background.
+/// ``text(_:)`` on top of a colored background.
 /// 
-/// The color is picked based on the hash of the [property@Avatar:text].
+/// The color is picked based on the hash of the ``text(_:)``.
 /// 
-/// If [property@Avatar:show-initials] is set to `FALSE`,
-/// [property@Avatar:icon-name] or `avatar-default-symbolic` is shown instead of
+/// If ``showInitials(_:)`` is set to `false`,
+/// ``iconName(_:)`` or `avatar-default-symbolic` is shown instead of
 /// the initials.
 /// 
-/// Use [property@Avatar:custom-image] to set a custom image.
+/// Use ``customImage(_:)`` to set a custom image.
 /// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
 /// 
-/// `AdwAvatar` has a single CSS node with name `avatar`.
-/// 
-/// ## Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `AdwAvatar` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_IMG` role.
 public struct Avatar: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The name of an icon to use as a fallback.
     /// 
@@ -45,14 +46,14 @@ public struct Avatar: AdwaitaWidget {
     var iconName: String?
     /// Whether initials are used instead of an icon on the fallback avatar.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@Avatar:icon-name] for how to change the fallback icon.
+    /// See ``iconName(_:)`` for how to change the fallback icon.
     var showInitials: Bool
     /// The size of the avatar.
     var size: Int
     /// Sets the text used to generate the fallback initials and color.
     /// 
-    /// It's only used to generate the color if [property@Avatar:show-initials] is
-    /// `FALSE`.
+    /// It's only used to generate the color if ``showInitials(_:)`` is
+    /// `false`.
     var text: String?
 
     /// Initialize `Avatar`.
@@ -71,7 +72,6 @@ public struct Avatar: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         return storage
     }
@@ -113,35 +113,27 @@ public struct Avatar: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// If no name is set, `avatar-default-symbolic` will be used.
     public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.iconName = iconName
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.iconName = iconName }
     }
 
     /// Whether initials are used instead of an icon on the fallback avatar.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@Avatar:icon-name] for how to change the fallback icon.
+    /// See ``iconName(_:)`` for how to change the fallback icon.
     public func showInitials(_ showInitials: Bool) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showInitials = showInitials
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showInitials = showInitials }
     }
 
     /// The size of the avatar.
     public func size(_ size: Int) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.size = size
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.size = size }
     }
 
     /// Sets the text used to generate the fallback initials and color.
     /// 
-    /// It's only used to generate the color if [property@Avatar:show-initials] is
-    /// `FALSE`.
+    /// It's only used to generate the color if ``showInitials(_:)`` is
+    /// `false`.
     public func text(_ text: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.text = text
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.text = text }
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Banner.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Banner.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,49 +10,54 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A bar with contextual information.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="banner-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="banner.png" alt="banner"></picture>
 /// 
-/// Banners are hidden by default, use [property@Banner:revealed] to show them.
 /// 
-/// Banners have a title, set with [property@Banner:title]. Titles can be marked
-/// up with Pango markup, use [property@Banner:use-markup] to enable it.
+/// Banners are hidden by default, use ``revealed(_:)`` to show them.
+/// 
+/// Banners have a title, set with ``title(_:)``. Titles can be marked
+/// up with Pango markup, use ``useMarkup(_:)`` to enable it.
 /// 
 /// The title will be shown centered or left-aligned depending on available
 /// space.
 /// 
 /// Banners can optionally have a button with text on it, set through
-/// [property@Banner:button-label]. The button can be used with a `GAction`,
-/// or with the [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal. The button can have
+/// ``buttonLabel(_:)``. The button can be used with a `GAction`,
+/// or with the `Banner::button-clicked` signal. The button can have
 /// different styles, a gray style and a suggested style.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="banner-suggested-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="banner-suggested.png" alt="banner with suggested button style"></picture>
 /// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
 /// 
-/// `AdwBanner` has a main CSS node with the name `banner`.
+/// 
 public struct Banner: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The label to show on the button.
     /// 
     /// If set to `""` or `NULL`, the button won't be shown.
     /// 
     /// The button can be used with a `GAction`, or with the
-    /// [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal.
+    /// `Banner::button-clicked` signal.
     var buttonLabel: String?
     /// Whether the banner is currently revealed.
     var revealed: Bool?
     /// The title for this banner.
     /// 
-    /// See also: [property@Banner:use-markup].
+    /// See also: ``useMarkup(_:)``.
     var title: String
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the banner title.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     var useMarkup: Bool?
     /// This signal is emitted after the action button has been clicked.
     /// 
@@ -74,7 +79,6 @@ public struct Banner: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         return storage
     }
@@ -122,36 +126,28 @@ public struct Banner: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// If set to `""` or `NULL`, the button won't be shown.
     /// 
     /// The button can be used with a `GAction`, or with the
-    /// [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal.
+    /// `Banner::button-clicked` signal.
     public func buttonLabel(_ buttonLabel: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.buttonLabel = buttonLabel
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.buttonLabel = buttonLabel }
     }
 
     /// Whether the banner is currently revealed.
     public func revealed(_ revealed: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.revealed = revealed
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.revealed = revealed }
     }
 
     /// The title for this banner.
     /// 
-    /// See also: [property@Banner:use-markup].
+    /// See also: ``useMarkup(_:)``.
     public func title(_ title: String) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.title = title
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.title = title }
     }
 
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the banner title.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
     }
 
     /// This signal is emitted after the action button has been clicked.

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Bin.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Bin.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,22 +10,29 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A widget with one child.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="bin-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="bin.png" alt="bin"></picture>
 /// 
-/// The `AdwBin` widget has only one child, set with the [property@Bin:child]
+/// 
+/// The `AdwBin` widget has only one child, set with the ``child(_:)``
 /// property.
 /// 
 /// It is useful for deriving subclasses, since it provides common code needed
 /// for handling a single child widget.
 public struct Bin: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The child widget of the `AdwBin`.
-    var child: (() -> Body)?
+    var child: Body?
 
     /// Initialize `Bin`.
     public init() {
@@ -41,8 +48,7 @@ public struct Bin: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
             adw_bin_set_child(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -60,7 +66,7 @@ public struct Bin: AdwaitaWidget {
         storage.modify { widget in
 
             if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
-                child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
 
 
@@ -75,10 +81,8 @@ public struct Bin: AdwaitaWidget {
     }
 
     /// The child widget of the `AdwBin`.
-    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.child = child
-        return newSelf
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.child = child() }
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Box.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Box.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,44 +10,43 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// Arranges child widgets into a single row or column.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="box-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkBox" src="box.png"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// Whether it is a row or column depends on the value of its
-/// [property@Gtk.Orientable:orientation] property. Within the other
+/// ``orientation(_:)`` property. Within the other
 /// dimension, all children are allocated the same size. The
-/// [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and [property@Gtk.Widget:valign]
+/// ``halign(_:)`` and ``valign(_:)``
 /// properties can be used on the children to influence their allocation.
 /// 
-/// Use repeated calls to [method@Gtk.Box.append] to pack widgets into a
-/// `GtkBox` from start to end. Use [method@Gtk.Box.remove] to remove widgets
-/// from the `GtkBox`. [method@Gtk.Box.insert_child_after] can be used to add
+/// Use repeated calls to `Gtk.Box.append` to pack widgets into a
+/// `GtkBox` from start to end. Use `Gtk.Box.remove` to remove widgets
+/// from the `GtkBox`. `Gtk.Box.insert_child_after` can be used to add
 /// a child at a particular position.
 /// 
-/// Use [method@Gtk.Box.set_homogeneous] to specify whether or not all children
+/// Use `Gtk.Box.set_homogeneous` to specify whether or not all children
 /// of the `GtkBox` are forced to get the same amount of space.
 /// 
-/// Use [method@Gtk.Box.set_spacing] to determine how much space will be minimally
+/// Use `Gtk.Box.set_spacing` to determine how much space will be minimally
 /// placed between all children in the `GtkBox`. Note that spacing is added
 /// *between* the children.
 /// 
-/// Use [method@Gtk.Box.reorder_child_after] to move a child to a different
+/// Use `Gtk.Box.reorder_child_after` to move a child to a different
 /// place in the box.
 /// 
-/// # CSS nodes
 /// 
-/// `GtkBox` uses a single CSS node with name box.
-/// 
-/// # Accessibility
-/// 
-/// Until GTK 4.10, `GtkBox` used the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.group] role.
-/// 
-/// Starting from GTK 4.12, `GtkBox` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.generic] role.
 public struct Box: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
@@ -67,7 +66,7 @@ public struct Box: AdwaitaWidget {
     var prepend: () -> Body = { [] }
 
     /// Initialize `Box`.
-    public init(spacing: Int) {
+    init(spacing: Int) {
         self.spacing = spacing
     }
 
@@ -81,7 +80,6 @@ public struct Box: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         var appendStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
         for view in append() {
@@ -156,32 +154,24 @@ public struct Box: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// The position of the child that determines the baseline.
     /// 
     /// This is only relevant if the box is in vertical orientation.
     public func baselineChild(_ baselineChild: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.baselineChild = baselineChild
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.baselineChild = baselineChild }
     }
 
     /// Whether the children should all be the same size.
     public func homogeneous(_ homogeneous: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.homogeneous = homogeneous
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.homogeneous = homogeneous }
     }
 
     /// The amount of space between children.
     public func spacing(_ spacing: Int) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.spacing = spacing
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.spacing = spacing }
     }
 
     /// Set the body for "append".

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Button.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Button.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,45 +10,26 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// Calls a callback function when the button is clicked.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="button-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkButton" src="button.png"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// The `GtkButton` widget can hold any valid child widget. That is, it can hold
 /// almost any other standard `GtkWidget`. The most commonly used child is the
 /// `GtkLabel`.
 /// 
-/// # Shortcuts and Gestures
 /// 
-/// The following signals have default keybindings:
-/// 
-/// - [signal@Gtk.Button::activate]
-/// 
-/// # CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// `GtkButton` has a single CSS node with name button. The node will get the
-/// style classes .image-button or .text-button, if the content is just an
-/// image or label, respectively. It may also receive the .flat style class.
-/// When activating a button via the keyboard, the button will temporarily
-/// gain the .keyboard-activating style class.
-/// 
-/// Other style classes that are commonly used with `GtkButton` include
-/// .suggested-action and .destructive-action. In special cases, buttons
-/// can be made round by adding the .circular style class.
-/// 
-/// Button-like widgets like [class@Gtk.ToggleButton], [class@Gtk.MenuButton],
-/// [class@Gtk.VolumeButton], [class@Gtk.LockButton], [class@Gtk.ColorButton]
-/// or [class@Gtk.FontButton] use style classes such as .toggle, .popup, .scale,
-/// .lock, .color on the button node to differentiate themselves from a plain
-/// `GtkButton`.
-/// 
-/// # Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `GtkButton` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.button] role.
 public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
@@ -65,7 +46,7 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// property has no effect.
     var canShrink: Bool?
     /// The child widget.
-    var child: (() -> Body)?
+    var child: Body?
     /// Whether the button has a frame.
     var hasFrame: Bool?
     /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
@@ -78,7 +59,7 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// Emitted to animate press then release.
     /// 
     /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
-    /// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
+    /// to this signal, but use the `Gtk.Button::clicked` signal.
     /// 
     /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
     /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
@@ -87,7 +68,7 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
     var clicked: (() -> Void)?
 
     /// Initialize `Button`.
-    public init() {
+    init() {
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -100,8 +81,7 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
             gtk_button_set_child(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -135,7 +115,7 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
                 gtk_button_set_can_shrink(widget?.cast(), canShrink.cBool)
             }
             if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
-                child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let hasFrame, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.hasFrame != hasFrame {
                 gtk_button_set_has_frame(widget?.cast(), hasFrame.cBool)
@@ -165,16 +145,12 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// The name of the action with which this widget should be associated.
     public func actionName(_ actionName: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.actionName = actionName
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.actionName = actionName }
     }
 
     /// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
@@ -185,51 +161,39 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// If the contents of a button are an icon or a custom widget, setting this
     /// property has no effect.
     public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.canShrink = canShrink }
     }
 
     /// The child widget.
-    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.child = child
-        return newSelf
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.child = child() }
     }
 
     /// Whether the button has a frame.
     public func hasFrame(_ hasFrame: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.hasFrame = hasFrame
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.hasFrame = hasFrame }
     }
 
     /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
     public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.iconName = iconName
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.iconName = iconName }
     }
 
     /// Text of the label inside the button, if the button contains a label widget.
     public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.label = label
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.label = label }
     }
 
     /// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following character is
     /// to be used as mnemonic.
     public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
     }
 
     /// Emitted to animate press then release.
     /// 
     /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
-    /// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
+    /// to this signal, but use the `Gtk.Button::clicked` signal.
     /// 
     /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
     /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ButtonContent.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  ButtonContent.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,12 +10,12 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A helper widget for creating buttons.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="button-content-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="button-content.png" alt="button-content"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// `AdwButtonContent` is a box-like widget with an icon and a label.
 /// 
-/// It's intended to be used as a direct child of [class@Gtk.Button],
-/// [class@Gtk.MenuButton] or [class@SplitButton], when they need to have both an
+/// It's intended to be used as a direct child of `Gtk.Button`,
+/// `Gtk.MenuButton` or `SplitButton`, when they need to have both an
 /// icon and a label, as follows:
 /// 
 /// ```xml
@@ -25,37 +25,26 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// `AdwButtonContent` handles style classes and connecting the mnemonic to the
 /// button automatically.
 /// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
 /// 
-/// ```
-/// buttoncontent
-/// ╰── box
-/// ├── image
-/// ╰── label
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// `AdwButtonContent`'s CSS node is called `buttoncontent`. It contains a `box`
-/// subnode that serves as a container for the  `image` and `label` nodes.
-/// 
-/// When inside a `GtkButton` or `AdwSplitButton`, the button will receive the
-/// `.image-text-button` style class. When inside a `GtkMenuButton`, the
-/// internal `GtkButton` will receive it instead.
-/// 
-/// ## Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `AdwButtonContent` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
 public struct ButtonContent: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
     /// 
-    /// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
+    /// If set to `true`, the label will ellipsize.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
+    /// See ``canShrink(_:)``.
     var canShrink: Bool?
     /// The name of the displayed icon.
     /// 
@@ -67,7 +56,7 @@ public struct ButtonContent: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// The mnemonic can be used to activate the parent button.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@ButtonContent:label].
+    /// See ``label(_:)``.
     var useUnderline: Bool?
 
     /// Initialize `ButtonContent`.
@@ -84,7 +73,6 @@ public struct ButtonContent: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         return storage
     }
@@ -124,40 +112,32 @@ public struct ButtonContent: AdwaitaWidget {
 
     /// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
     /// 
-    /// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
+    /// If set to `true`, the label will ellipsize.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
+    /// See ``canShrink(_:)``.
     public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.canShrink = canShrink }
     }
 
     /// The name of the displayed icon.
     /// 
     /// If empty, the icon is not shown.
     public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.iconName = iconName
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.iconName = iconName }
     }
 
     /// The displayed label.
     public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.label = label
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.label = label }
     }
 
     /// Whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic.
     /// 
     /// The mnemonic can be used to activate the parent button.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@ButtonContent:label].
+    /// See ``label(_:)``.
     public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Carousel.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Carousel.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,35 +10,40 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A paginated scrolling widget.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="carousel-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="carousel.png" alt="carousel"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// The `AdwCarousel` widget can be used to display a set of pages with
 /// swipe-based navigation between them.
 /// 
-/// [class@CarouselIndicatorDots] and [class@CarouselIndicatorLines] can be used
+/// `CarouselIndicatorDots` and `CarouselIndicatorLines` can be used
 /// to provide page indicators for `AdwCarousel`.
 /// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
 /// 
-/// `AdwCarousel` has a single CSS node with name `carousel`.
-public struct Carousel<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
+public struct Carousel<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equatable {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// Whether to allow swiping for more than one page at a time.
     /// 
-    /// If the value is `FALSE`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
+    /// If the value is `false`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
     var allowLongSwipes: Bool?
     /// Sets whether the `AdwCarousel` can be dragged with mouse pointer.
     /// 
-    /// If the value is `FALSE`, dragging is only available on touch.
+    /// If the value is `false`, dragging is only available on touch.
     var allowMouseDrag: Bool?
     /// Whether the widget will respond to scroll wheel events.
     /// 
-    /// If the value is `FALSE`, wheel events will be ignored.
+    /// If the value is `false`, wheel events will be ignored.
     var allowScrollWheel: Bool?
     /// Whether the carousel can be navigated.
     /// 
@@ -58,18 +63,21 @@ public struct Carousel<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     /// It can be used to implement "infinite scrolling" by amending the pages
     /// after every scroll.
     /// 
-    /// ::: note
-    /// An empty carousel is indicated by `(int)index == -1`.
+    /// > [!NOTE]
+    /// >     An empty carousel is indicated by `(int)index == -1`.
     var pageChanged: (() -> Void)?
     /// The dynamic widget elements.
     var elements: [Element]
     /// The dynamic widget content.
     var content: (Element) -> Body
+    /// The dynamic widget identifier key path.
+    var id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>
 
     /// Initialize `Carousel`.
-    public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
+    public init(_ elements: [Element], id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>, @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
         self.elements = elements
         self.content = content
+        self.id = id
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -82,7 +90,6 @@ public struct Carousel<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         return storage
     }
@@ -122,8 +129,9 @@ public struct Carousel<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
 
             var contentStorage: [ViewStorage] = storage.content[.mainContent] ?? []
             let old = storage.fields["element"] as? [Element] ?? []
-            old.identifiableTransform(
+            old.transform(
                 to: elements,
+                id: id,
                 functions: .init { index in
                     adw_carousel_remove(widget, adw_carousel_get_nth_page(widget, UInt(index).cInt))
                     contentStorage.remove(at: index)
@@ -150,29 +158,23 @@ public struct Carousel<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
 
     /// Whether to allow swiping for more than one page at a time.
     /// 
-    /// If the value is `FALSE`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
+    /// If the value is `false`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
     public func allowLongSwipes(_ allowLongSwipes: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.allowLongSwipes = allowLongSwipes
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.allowLongSwipes = allowLongSwipes }
     }
 
     /// Sets whether the `AdwCarousel` can be dragged with mouse pointer.
     /// 
-    /// If the value is `FALSE`, dragging is only available on touch.
+    /// If the value is `false`, dragging is only available on touch.
     public func allowMouseDrag(_ allowMouseDrag: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.allowMouseDrag = allowMouseDrag
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.allowMouseDrag = allowMouseDrag }
     }
 
     /// Whether the widget will respond to scroll wheel events.
     /// 
-    /// If the value is `FALSE`, wheel events will be ignored.
+    /// If the value is `false`, wheel events will be ignored.
     public func allowScrollWheel(_ allowScrollWheel: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.allowScrollWheel = allowScrollWheel
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.allowScrollWheel = allowScrollWheel }
     }
 
     /// Whether the carousel can be navigated.
@@ -180,32 +182,24 @@ public struct Carousel<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     /// This can be used to temporarily disable the carousel to only allow
     /// navigating it in a certain state.
     public func interactive(_ interactive: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.interactive = interactive
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.interactive = interactive }
     }
 
     /// The number of pages in a `AdwCarousel`.
     public func nPages(_ nPages: UInt?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.nPages = nPages
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.nPages = nPages }
     }
 
     /// Page reveal duration, in milliseconds.
     /// 
     /// Reveal duration is used when animating adding or removing pages.
     public func revealDuration(_ revealDuration: UInt?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.revealDuration = revealDuration
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.revealDuration = revealDuration }
     }
 
     /// Spacing between pages in pixels.
     public func spacing(_ spacing: UInt?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.spacing = spacing
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.spacing = spacing }
     }
 
     /// This signal is emitted after a page has been changed.
@@ -213,8 +207,8 @@ public struct Carousel<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     /// It can be used to implement "infinite scrolling" by amending the pages
     /// after every scroll.
     /// 
-    /// ::: note
-    /// An empty carousel is indicated by `(int)index == -1`.
+    /// > [!NOTE]
+    /// >     An empty carousel is indicated by `(int)index == -1`.
     public func pageChanged(_ pageChanged: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
         var newSelf = self
         newSelf.pageChanged = pageChanged
@@ -222,3 +216,14 @@ public struct Carousel<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     }
 
 }
+
+extension Carousel where Element: Identifiable, Identifier == Element.ID {
+
+    /// Initialize `Carousel`.
+    public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
+        self.elements = elements
+        self.content = content
+        self.id = \.id
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/CenterBox.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  CenterBox.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -11,57 +11,42 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// Arranges three children in a row, keeping the middle child
 /// centered as well as possible.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="centerbox-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkCenterBox" src="centerbox.png"></picture>
 /// 
-/// To add children to `GtkCenterBox`, use [method@Gtk.CenterBox.set_start_widget],
-/// [method@Gtk.CenterBox.set_center_widget] and
-/// [method@Gtk.CenterBox.set_end_widget].
+/// 
+/// To add children to `GtkCenterBox`, use `Gtk.CenterBox.set_start_widget`,
+/// `Gtk.CenterBox.set_center_widget` and
+/// `Gtk.CenterBox.set_end_widget`.
 /// 
 /// The sizing and positioning of children can be influenced with the
 /// align and expand properties of the children.
 /// 
-/// # GtkCenterBox as GtkBuildable
 /// 
-/// The `GtkCenterBox` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface
-/// supports placing children in the 3 positions by specifying “start”, “center”
-/// or “end” as the “type” attribute of a `<child>` element.
-/// 
-/// # CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// `GtkCenterBox` uses a single CSS node with the name “box”,
-/// 
-/// The first child of the `GtkCenterBox` will be allocated depending on the
-/// text direction, i.e. in left-to-right layouts it will be allocated on the
-/// left and in right-to-left layouts on the right.
-/// 
-/// In vertical orientation, the nodes of the children are arranged from top to
-/// bottom.
-/// 
-/// # Accessibility
-/// 
-/// Until GTK 4.10, `GtkCenterBox` used the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.group] role.
-/// 
-/// Starting from GTK 4.12, `GtkCenterBox` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.generic]
-/// role.
 public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     var accessibleRole: String?
     /// The widget that is placed at the center position.
-    var centerWidget: (() -> Body)?
+    var centerWidget: Body?
     /// The widget that is placed at the end position.
     /// 
     /// In vertical orientation, the end position is at the bottom.
     /// In horizontal orientation, the end position is at the trailing
     /// edge with respect to the text direction.
-    var endWidget: (() -> Body)?
+    var endWidget: Body?
     /// Whether to shrink the center widget after other children.
     /// 
     /// By default, when there's no space to give all three children their
@@ -76,7 +61,7 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// In vertical orientation, the start position is at the top.
     /// In horizontal orientation, the start position is at the leading
     /// edge with respect to the text direction.
-    var startWidget: (() -> Body)?
+    var startWidget: Body?
 
     /// Initialize `CenterBox`.
     public init() {
@@ -92,16 +77,15 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let centerWidgetStorage = centerWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let centerWidgetStorage = centerWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["centerWidget"] = [centerWidgetStorage]
             gtk_center_box_set_center_widget(storage.opaquePointer, centerWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
-        if let endWidgetStorage = endWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let endWidgetStorage = endWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["endWidget"] = [endWidgetStorage]
             gtk_center_box_set_end_widget(storage.opaquePointer, endWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
-        if let startWidgetStorage = startWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let startWidgetStorage = startWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["startWidget"] = [startWidgetStorage]
             gtk_center_box_set_start_widget(storage.opaquePointer, startWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -119,16 +103,16 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
         storage.modify { widget in
 
             if let widget = storage.content["centerWidget"]?.first {
-                centerWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                centerWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let widget = storage.content["endWidget"]?.first {
-                endWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                endWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let shrinkCenterLast, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.shrinkCenterLast != shrinkCenterLast {
                 gtk_center_box_set_shrink_center_last(widget, shrinkCenterLast.cBool)
             }
             if let widget = storage.content["startWidget"]?.first {
-                startWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                startWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
 
 
@@ -146,16 +130,12 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// The widget that is placed at the center position.
-    public func centerWidget(@ViewBuilder _ centerWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.centerWidget = centerWidget
-        return newSelf
+    public func centerWidget(@ViewBuilder _ centerWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.centerWidget = centerWidget() }
     }
 
     /// The widget that is placed at the end position.
@@ -163,10 +143,8 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// In vertical orientation, the end position is at the bottom.
     /// In horizontal orientation, the end position is at the trailing
     /// edge with respect to the text direction.
-    public func endWidget(@ViewBuilder _ endWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.endWidget = endWidget
-        return newSelf
+    public func endWidget(@ViewBuilder _ endWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.endWidget = endWidget() }
     }
 
     /// Whether to shrink the center widget after other children.
@@ -178,9 +156,7 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// If false, start and end widgets keep natural width and the
     /// center widget starts shrinking instead.
     public func shrinkCenterLast(_ shrinkCenterLast: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.shrinkCenterLast = shrinkCenterLast
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.shrinkCenterLast = shrinkCenterLast }
     }
 
     /// The widget that is placed at the start position.
@@ -188,10 +164,8 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// In vertical orientation, the start position is at the top.
     /// In horizontal orientation, the start position is at the leading
     /// edge with respect to the text direction.
-    public func startWidget(@ViewBuilder _ startWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.startWidget = startWidget
-        return newSelf
+    public func startWidget(@ViewBuilder _ startWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.startWidget = startWidget() }
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/CheckButton.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  CheckButton.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,73 +10,29 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// Places a label next to an indicator.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="check-button-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="Example GtkCheckButtons" src="check-button.png"></picture>
 /// 
-/// A `GtkCheckButton` is created by calling either [ctor@Gtk.CheckButton.new]
-/// or [ctor@Gtk.CheckButton.new_with_label].
+/// 
+/// A `GtkCheckButton` is created by calling either `Gtk.CheckButton.new`
+/// or `Gtk.CheckButton.new_with_label`.
 /// 
 /// The state of a `GtkCheckButton` can be set specifically using
-/// [method@Gtk.CheckButton.set_active], and retrieved using
-/// [method@Gtk.CheckButton.get_active].
+/// `Gtk.CheckButton.set_active`, and retrieved using
+/// `Gtk.CheckButton.get_active`.
 /// 
-/// # Inconsistent state
 /// 
-/// In addition to "on" and "off", check buttons can be an
-/// "in between" state that is neither on nor off. This can be used
-/// e.g. when the user has selected a range of elements (such as some
-/// text or spreadsheet cells) that are affected by a check button,
-/// and the current values in that range are inconsistent.
-/// 
-/// To set a `GtkCheckButton` to inconsistent state, use
-/// [method@Gtk.CheckButton.set_inconsistent].
-/// 
-/// # Grouping
-/// 
-/// Check buttons can be grouped together, to form mutually exclusive
-/// groups - only one of the buttons can be toggled at a time, and toggling
-/// another one will switch the currently toggled one off.
-/// 
-/// Grouped check buttons use a different indicator, and are commonly referred
-/// to as *radio buttons*.
-/// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="radio-button-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="Example GtkRadioButtons" src="radio-button.png"></picture>
-/// 
-/// To add a `GtkCheckButton` to a group, use [method@Gtk.CheckButton.set_group].
-/// 
-/// When the code must keep track of the state of a group of radio buttons, it
-/// is recommended to keep track of such state through a stateful
-/// `GAction` with a target for each button. Using the `toggled` signals to keep
-/// track of the group changes and state is discouraged.
-/// 
-/// # Shortcuts and Gestures
-/// 
-/// `GtkCheckButton` supports the following keyboard shortcuts:
-/// 
-/// - <kbd>␣</kbd> or <kbd>Enter</kbd> activates the button.
-/// 
-/// # CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// ```
-/// checkbutton[.text-button][.grouped]
-/// ├── check
-/// ╰── [label]
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// A `GtkCheckButton` has a main node with name checkbutton. If the
-/// [property@Gtk.CheckButton:label] or [property@Gtk.CheckButton:child]
-/// properties are set, it contains a child widget. The indicator node
-/// is named check when no group is set, and radio if the checkbutton
-/// is grouped together with other checkbuttons.
-/// 
-/// # Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `GtkCheckButton` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.checkbox] role.
 public struct CheckButton: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
@@ -86,11 +42,11 @@ public struct CheckButton: AdwaitaWidget {
     var actionName: String?
     /// If the check button is active.
     /// 
-    /// Setting `active` to %TRUE will add the `:checked:` state to both
+    /// Setting `active` to `true` will add the `:checked:` state to both
     /// the check button and the indicator CSS node.
     var active: Binding<Bool>?
     /// The child widget.
-    var child: (() -> Body)?
+    var child: Body?
     /// If the check button is in an “in between” state.
     /// 
     /// The inconsistent state only affects visual appearance,
@@ -107,12 +63,12 @@ public struct CheckButton: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// emitting it causes the button to animate press then release.
     /// 
     /// Applications should never connect to this signal, but use the
-    /// [signal@Gtk.CheckButton::toggled] signal.
+    /// `Gtk.CheckButton::toggled` signal.
     /// 
     /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
     /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
     var activate: (() -> Void)?
-    /// Emitted when the buttons's [property@Gtk.CheckButton:active]
+    /// Emitted when the buttons's ``active(_:)``
     /// property changes.
     var toggled: (() -> Void)?
 
@@ -130,8 +86,7 @@ public struct CheckButton: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
             gtk_check_button_set_child(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -171,7 +126,7 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
                 gtk_check_button_set_active(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), active.wrappedValue.cBool)
             }
             if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
-                child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let inconsistent, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.inconsistent != inconsistent {
                 gtk_check_button_set_inconsistent(widget?.cast(), inconsistent.cBool)
@@ -198,33 +153,25 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// The name of the action with which this widget should be associated.
     public func actionName(_ actionName: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.actionName = actionName
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.actionName = actionName }
     }
 
     /// If the check button is active.
     /// 
-    /// Setting `active` to %TRUE will add the `:checked:` state to both
+    /// Setting `active` to `true` will add the `:checked:` state to both
     /// the check button and the indicator CSS node.
     public func active(_ active: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.active = active
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.active = active }
     }
 
     /// The child widget.
-    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.child = child
-        return newSelf
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.child = child() }
     }
 
     /// If the check button is in an “in between” state.
@@ -232,24 +179,18 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
     /// The inconsistent state only affects visual appearance,
     /// not the semantics of the button.
     public func inconsistent(_ inconsistent: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.inconsistent = inconsistent
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.inconsistent = inconsistent }
     }
 
     /// Text of the label inside the check button, if it contains a label widget.
     public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.label = label
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.label = label }
     }
 
     /// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following
     /// character is to be used as mnemonic.
     public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
     }
 
     /// Emitted to when the check button is activated.
@@ -258,7 +199,7 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
     /// emitting it causes the button to animate press then release.
     /// 
     /// Applications should never connect to this signal, but use the
-    /// [signal@Gtk.CheckButton::toggled] signal.
+    /// `Gtk.CheckButton::toggled` signal.
     /// 
     /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
     /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
@@ -268,7 +209,7 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
         return newSelf
     }
 
-    /// Emitted when the buttons's [property@Gtk.CheckButton:active]
+    /// Emitted when the buttons's ``active(_:)``
     /// property changes.
     public func toggled(_ toggled: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
         var newSelf = self

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Clamp.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Clamp.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A widget constraining its child to a given size.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="clamp-wide-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="clamp-wide.png" alt="clamp-wide"></picture><picture><source srcset="clamp-narrow-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="clamp-narrow.png" alt="clamp-narrow"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// The `AdwClamp` widget constrains the size of the widget it contains to a
 /// given maximum size. It will constrain the width if it is horizontal, or the
@@ -21,22 +21,27 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// allocated the minimum size it can fit in instead.
 /// 
 /// `AdwClamp` can scale with the text scale factor, use the
-/// [property@Clamp:unit] property to enable that behavior.
+/// ``unit(_:)`` property to enable that behavior.
 /// 
-/// See also: [class@ClampLayout], [class@ClampScrollable].
+/// See also: `ClampLayout`, `ClampScrollable`.
 /// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
 /// 
-/// `AdwClamp` has a single CSS node with name `clamp`.
 public struct Clamp: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The child widget of the `AdwClamp`.
-    var child: (() -> Body)?
+    var child: Body?
     /// The maximum size allocated to the child.
     /// 
     /// It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical.
@@ -71,8 +76,7 @@ public struct Clamp: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
             adw_clamp_set_child(storage.opaquePointer, childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -90,7 +94,7 @@ public struct Clamp: AdwaitaWidget {
         storage.modify { widget in
 
             if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
-                child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let maximumSize, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.maximumSize != maximumSize {
                 adw_clamp_set_maximum_size(widget, maximumSize.cInt)
@@ -111,19 +115,15 @@ public struct Clamp: AdwaitaWidget {
     }
 
     /// The child widget of the `AdwClamp`.
-    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.child = child
-        return newSelf
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.child = child() }
     }
 
     /// The maximum size allocated to the child.
     /// 
     /// It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical.
     public func maximumSize(_ maximumSize: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.maximumSize = maximumSize
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.maximumSize = maximumSize }
     }
 
     /// The size above which the child is clamped.
@@ -141,9 +141,7 @@ public struct Clamp: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// Effectively, tightening the grip on the child before it reaches its maximum
     /// size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing.
     public func tighteningThreshold(_ tighteningThreshold: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.tighteningThreshold = tighteningThreshold
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.tighteningThreshold = tighteningThreshold }
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ComboRow.swift

@@ -2,15 +2,15 @@
 //  ComboRow.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
 import LevenshteinTransformations
 
-/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to choose from a list of items.
+/// A `Gtk.ListBoxRow` used to choose from a list of items.
+/// 
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="combo-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="combo-row.png" alt="combo-row"></picture>
 /// 
 /// The `AdwComboRow` widget allows the user to choose from a list of valid
 /// choices. The row displays the selected choice. When activated, the row
@@ -21,59 +21,55 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// <object class="AdwComboRow"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Combo Row</property><property name="model"><object class="GtkStringList"><items><item translatable="yes">Foo</item><item translatable="yes">Bar</item><item translatable="yes">Baz</item></items></object></property></object>
 /// ```
 /// 
-/// The [property@ComboRow:selected] and [property@ComboRow:selected-item]
+/// The ``selected(_:)`` and ``selectedItem(_:)``
 /// properties can be used to keep track of the selected item and react to their
 /// changes.
 /// 
-/// `AdwComboRow` mirrors [class@Gtk.DropDown], see that widget for details.
+/// `AdwComboRow` mirrors `Gtk.DropDown`, see that widget for details.
 /// 
-/// `AdwComboRow` is [property@Gtk.ListBoxRow:activatable] if a model is set.
+/// `AdwComboRow` is ``activatable(_:)`` if a model is set.
 /// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
 /// 
-/// `AdwComboRow` has a main CSS node with name `row` and the `.combo` style
-/// class.
-/// 
-/// Its popover has the node named `popover` with the `.menu` style class, it
-/// contains a [class@Gtk.ScrolledWindow], which in turn contains a
-/// [class@Gtk.ListView], both are accessible via their regular nodes.
-/// 
-/// ## Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `AdwComboRow` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_COMBO_BOX` role.
 public struct ComboRow: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
     /// 
     /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
-    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
-    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// `ActionRow.activate`, or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to enable
     /// mnemonics.
     /// 
     /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
-    var activatableWidget: (() -> Body)?
+    /// `Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate` signal on it.
+    var activatableWidget: Body?
     /// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
     /// 
-    /// If set to `TRUE`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
+    /// If set to `true`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
     /// allows to search for items in the list.
     /// 
-    /// Search requires [property@ComboRow:expression] to be set.
+    /// Search requires ``expression(_:)`` to be set.
     var enableSearch: Bool?
     /// The position of the selected item.
     /// 
     /// If no item is selected, the property has the value
-    /// [const@Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION]
+    /// `Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION`
     var selected: Binding<UInt>?
     /// The subtitle for this row.
     /// 
     /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     var subtitle: String?
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
     /// ellipsized.
@@ -82,12 +78,12 @@ public struct ComboRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     var subtitleLines: Int?
     /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     var subtitleSelectable: Bool?
     /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
     /// 
     /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     var title: String?
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
     /// 
@@ -95,23 +91,23 @@ public struct ComboRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     var titleLines: Int?
     /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     var titleSelectable: Bool?
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
     /// 
     /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     var useMarkup: Bool?
     /// Whether to use the current value as the subtitle.
     /// 
     /// If you use a custom list item factory, you will need to give the row a
-    /// name conversion expression with [property@ComboRow:expression].
+    /// name conversion expression with ``expression(_:)``.
     /// 
-    /// If set to `TRUE`, you should not access [property@ActionRow:subtitle].
+    /// If set to `true`, you should not access ``subtitle(_:)``.
     /// 
     /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup if
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `TRUE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `true`.
     var useSubtitle: Bool?
     /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
     var useUnderline: Bool?
@@ -123,7 +119,7 @@ public struct ComboRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
 
     /// Initialize `ComboRow`.
-    public init() {
+    init() {
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -136,8 +132,7 @@ public struct ComboRow: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["activatableWidget"] = [activatableWidgetStorage]
             adw_action_row_set_activatable_widget(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), activatableWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -178,7 +173,7 @@ if let selected, newValue != selected.wrappedValue {
 }
         }
             if let widget = storage.content["activatableWidget"]?.first {
-                activatableWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                activatableWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let enableSearch, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.enableSearch != enableSearch {
                 adw_combo_row_set_enable_search(widget?.cast(), enableSearch.cBool)
@@ -228,48 +223,40 @@ if let selected, newValue != selected.wrappedValue {
     /// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
     /// 
     /// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
-    /// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
-    /// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
+    /// `ActionRow.activate`, or via mnemonics in the title.
+    /// See the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to enable
     /// mnemonics.
     /// 
     /// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
-    public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.activatableWidget = activatableWidget
-        return newSelf
+    /// `Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate` signal on it.
+    public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.activatableWidget = activatableWidget() }
     }
 
     /// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
     /// 
-    /// If set to `TRUE`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
+    /// If set to `true`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
     /// allows to search for items in the list.
     /// 
-    /// Search requires [property@ComboRow:expression] to be set.
+    /// Search requires ``expression(_:)`` to be set.
     public func enableSearch(_ enableSearch: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.enableSearch = enableSearch
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.enableSearch = enableSearch }
     }
 
     /// The position of the selected item.
     /// 
     /// If no item is selected, the property has the value
-    /// [const@Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION]
+    /// `Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION`
     public func selected(_ selected: Binding<UInt>?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.selected = selected
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.selected = selected }
     }
 
     /// The subtitle for this row.
     /// 
     /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.subtitle = subtitle }
     }
 
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
@@ -277,79 +264,63 @@ if let selected, newValue != selected.wrappedValue {
     /// 
     /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
     public func subtitleLines(_ subtitleLines: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitleLines = subtitleLines
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.subtitleLines = subtitleLines }
     }
 
     /// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     public func subtitleSelectable(_ subtitleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable }
     }
 
     /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
     /// 
     /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.title = title
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.title = title }
     }
 
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
     /// 
     /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
     public func titleLines(_ titleLines: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.titleLines = titleLines
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.titleLines = titleLines }
     }
 
     /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.titleSelectable = titleSelectable }
     }
 
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
     /// 
     /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
     }
 
     /// Whether to use the current value as the subtitle.
     /// 
     /// If you use a custom list item factory, you will need to give the row a
-    /// name conversion expression with [property@ComboRow:expression].
+    /// name conversion expression with ``expression(_:)``.
     /// 
-    /// If set to `TRUE`, you should not access [property@ActionRow:subtitle].
+    /// If set to `true`, you should not access ``subtitle(_:)``.
     /// 
     /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup if
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `TRUE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `true`.
     public func useSubtitle(_ useSubtitle: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useSubtitle = useSubtitle
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useSubtitle = useSubtitle }
     }
 
     /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
     public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
     }
 
     /// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/DropDown.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  DropDown.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,27 +10,27 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// Allows the user to choose an item from a list of options.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="drop-down-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkDropDown" src="drop-down.png"></picture>
 /// 
-/// The `GtkDropDown` displays the [selected][property@Gtk.DropDown:selected]
+/// 
+/// The `GtkDropDown` displays the [selected]``selected(_:)``
 /// choice.
 /// 
 /// The options are given to `GtkDropDown` in the form of `GListModel`
 /// and how the individual options are represented is determined by
-/// a [class@Gtk.ListItemFactory]. The default factory displays simple strings,
+/// a `Gtk.ListItemFactory`. The default factory displays simple strings,
 /// and adds a checkmark to the selected item in the popup.
 /// 
-/// To set your own factory, use [method@Gtk.DropDown.set_factory]. It is
+/// To set your own factory, use `Gtk.DropDown.set_factory`. It is
 /// possible to use a separate factory for the items in the popup, with
-/// [method@Gtk.DropDown.set_list_factory].
+/// `Gtk.DropDown.set_list_factory`.
 /// 
 /// `GtkDropDown` knows how to obtain strings from the items in a
-/// [class@Gtk.StringList]; for other models, you have to provide an expression
-/// to find the strings via [method@Gtk.DropDown.set_expression].
+/// `Gtk.StringList`; for other models, you have to provide an expression
+/// to find the strings via `Gtk.DropDown.set_expression`.
 /// 
 /// `GtkDropDown` can optionally allow search in the popup, which is
 /// useful if the list of options is long. To enable the search entry,
-/// use [method@Gtk.DropDown.set_enable_search].
+/// use `Gtk.DropDown.set_enable_search`.
 /// 
 /// Here is a UI definition example for `GtkDropDown` with a simple model:
 /// 
@@ -39,26 +39,26 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// ```
 /// 
 /// If a `GtkDropDown` is created in this manner, or with
-/// [ctor@Gtk.DropDown.new_from_strings], for instance, the object returned from
-/// [method@Gtk.DropDown.get_selected_item] will be a [class@Gtk.StringObject].
+/// `Gtk.DropDown.new_from_strings`, for instance, the object returned from
+/// `Gtk.DropDown.get_selected_item` will be a `Gtk.StringObject`.
 /// 
 /// To learn more about the list widget framework, see the
 /// [overview](section-list-widget.html).
 /// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
 /// 
-/// `GtkDropDown` has a single CSS node with name dropdown,
-/// with the button and popover nodes as children.
-/// 
-/// ## Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `GtkDropDown` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.combo_box] role.
 public struct DropDown: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public struct DropDown: AdwaitaWidget {
     var accessibleRole: String?
     /// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
     /// 
-    /// Note that search requires [property@Gtk.DropDown:expression]
+    /// Note that search requires ``expression(_:)``
     /// to be set.
     var enableSearch: Bool?
     /// The position of the selected item.
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ public struct DropDown: AdwaitaWidget {
     var activate: (() -> Void)?
 
     /// Initialize `DropDown`.
-    public init() {
+    init() {
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -96,7 +96,6 @@ public struct DropDown: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         return storage
     }
@@ -146,19 +145,15 @@ if let selected, newValue != selected.wrappedValue {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
     /// 
-    /// Note that search requires [property@Gtk.DropDown:expression]
+    /// Note that search requires ``expression(_:)``
     /// to be set.
     public func enableSearch(_ enableSearch: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.enableSearch = enableSearch
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.enableSearch = enableSearch }
     }
 
     /// The position of the selected item.
@@ -166,16 +161,12 @@ if let selected, newValue != selected.wrappedValue {
     /// If no item is selected, the property has the value
     /// %GTK_INVALID_LIST_POSITION.
     public func selected(_ selected: Binding<UInt>?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.selected = selected
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.selected = selected }
     }
 
     /// Whether to show an arrow within the GtkDropDown widget.
     public func showArrow(_ showArrow: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showArrow = showArrow
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showArrow = showArrow }
     }
 
     /// Emitted to when the drop down is activated.

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Entry.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Entry.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,33 +10,33 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A single-line text entry widget.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="entry-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkEntry" src="entry.png"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// A fairly large set of key bindings are supported by default. If the
 /// entered text is longer than the allocation of the widget, the widget
 /// will scroll so that the cursor position is visible.
 /// 
 /// When using an entry for passwords and other sensitive information, it
-/// can be put into “password mode” using [method@Gtk.Entry.set_visibility].
+/// can be put into “password mode” using `Gtk.Entry.set_visibility`.
 /// In this mode, entered text is displayed using a “invisible” character.
 /// By default, GTK picks the best invisible character that is available
 /// in the current font, but it can be changed with
-/// [method@Gtk.Entry.set_invisible_char].
+/// `Gtk.Entry.set_invisible_char`.
 /// 
 /// `GtkEntry` has the ability to display progress or activity
 /// information behind the text. To make an entry display such information,
-/// use [method@Gtk.Entry.set_progress_fraction] or
-/// [method@Gtk.Entry.set_progress_pulse_step].
+/// use `Gtk.Entry.set_progress_fraction` or
+/// `Gtk.Entry.set_progress_pulse_step`.
 /// 
 /// Additionally, `GtkEntry` can show icons at either side of the entry.
 /// These icons can be activatable by clicking, can be set up as drag source
 /// and can have tooltips. To add an icon, use
-/// [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_from_gicon] or one of the various other functions
+/// `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_from_gicon` or one of the various other functions
 /// that set an icon from an icon name or a paintable. To trigger an action when
-/// the user clicks an icon, connect to the [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] signal.
+/// the user clicks an icon, connect to the `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` signal.
 /// To allow DND operations from an icon, use
-/// [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_drag_source]. To set a tooltip on an icon, use
-/// [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text] or the corresponding function
+/// `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_drag_source`. To set a tooltip on an icon, use
+/// `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text` or the corresponding function
 /// for markup.
 /// 
 /// Note that functionality or information that is only available by clicking
@@ -45,57 +45,20 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// that any such functionality should also be available by other means, e.g.
 /// via the context menu of the entry.
 /// 
-/// # CSS nodes
 /// 
-/// ```
-/// entry[.flat][.warning][.error]
-/// ├── text[.readonly]
-/// ├── image.left
-/// ├── image.right
-/// ╰── [progress[.pulse]]
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// `GtkEntry` has a main node with the name entry. Depending on the properties
-/// of the entry, the style classes .read-only and .flat may appear. The style
-/// classes .warning and .error may also be used with entries.
-/// 
-/// When the entry shows icons, it adds subnodes with the name image and the
-/// style class .left or .right, depending on where the icon appears.
-/// 
-/// When the entry shows progress, it adds a subnode with the name progress.
-/// The node has the style class .pulse when the shown progress is pulsing.
-/// 
-/// For all the subnodes added to the text node in various situations,
-/// see [class@Gtk.Text].
-/// 
-/// # GtkEntry as GtkBuildable
-/// 
-/// The `GtkEntry` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface supports a
-/// custom `<attributes>` element, which supports any number of `<attribute>`
-/// elements. The `<attribute>` element has attributes named “name“, “value“,
-/// “start“ and “end“ and allows you to specify `PangoAttribute` values for
-/// this label.
-/// 
-/// An example of a UI definition fragment specifying Pango attributes:
-/// ```xml
-/// <object class="GtkEntry"><attributes><attribute name="weight" value="PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"/><attribute name="background" value="red" start="5" end="10"/></attributes></object>
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// The start and end attributes specify the range of characters to which the
-/// Pango attribute applies. If start and end are not specified, the attribute
-/// is applied to the whole text. Note that specifying ranges does not make much
-/// sense with translatable attributes. Use markup embedded in the translatable
-/// content instead.
-/// 
-/// # Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `GtkEntry` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.text_box] role.
 public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
@@ -113,15 +76,15 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable.
     var enableUndo: Bool?
     /// A menu model whose contents will be appended to the context menu.
-    var extraMenu: (() -> Body)?
+    var extraMenu: Body?
     /// Whether the entry should draw a frame.
     var hasFrame: Bool?
     /// Which IM (input method) module should be used for this entry.
     /// 
-    /// See [class@Gtk.IMContext].
+    /// See `Gtk.IMContext`.
     /// 
     /// Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the system-wide IM
-    /// module setting. See the GtkSettings [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-im-module]
+    /// module setting. See the GtkSettings ``gtkImModule(_:)``
     /// property.
     var imModule: String?
     /// The character to use when masking entry contents (“password mode”).
@@ -132,6 +95,32 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
     var maxLength: Int?
     /// The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters.
     var maxWidthChars: Int?
+    /// Text for an item in the context menu to activate the primary icon action.
+    /// 
+    /// When the primary icon is activatable and this property has been set, a new entry
+    /// in the context menu of this GtkEntry will appear with this text. Selecting that
+    /// menu entry will result in the primary icon being activated, exactly in the same way
+    /// as it would be activated from a mouse click.
+    /// 
+    /// This simplifies adding accessibility support to applications using activatable
+    /// icons. The activatable icons aren't focusable when navigating the interface with
+    /// the keyboard This is why Gtk recommends to also add those actions in the context
+    /// menu. This set of methods greatly simplifies this, by adding a menu item that, when
+    /// enabled, calls the same callback than clicking on the icon.
+    var menuEntryIconPrimaryText: String?
+    /// Text for an item in the context menu to activate the secondary icon action.
+    /// 
+    /// When the primary icon is activatable and this property has been set, a new entry
+    /// in the context menu of this GtkEntry will appear with this text. Selecting that
+    /// menu entry will result in the primary icon being activated, exactly in the same way
+    /// as it would be activated from a mouse click.
+    /// 
+    /// This simplifies adding accessibility support to applications using activatable
+    /// icons. The activatable icons aren't focusable when navigating the interface with
+    /// the keyboard This is why Gtk recommends to also add those actions in the context
+    /// menu. This set of methods greatly simplifies this, by adding a menu item that, when
+    /// enabled, calls the same callback than clicking on the icon.
+    var menuEntryIconSecondaryText: String?
     /// If text is overwritten when typing in the `GtkEntry`.
     var overwriteMode: Bool?
     /// The text that will be displayed in the `GtkEntry` when it is empty
@@ -139,8 +128,8 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
     var placeholderText: String?
     /// Whether the primary icon is activatable.
     /// 
-    /// GTK emits the [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release] signals only on sensitive,
+    /// GTK emits the `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and
+    /// `Gtk.Entry::icon-release` signals only on sensitive,
     /// activatable icons.
     /// 
     /// Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
@@ -151,7 +140,7 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// Whether the primary icon is sensitive.
     /// 
     /// An insensitive icon appears grayed out. GTK does not emit the
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release]
+    /// `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and `Gtk.Entry::icon-release`
     /// signals and does not allow DND from insensitive icons.
     /// 
     /// An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
@@ -159,25 +148,25 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
     var primaryIconSensitive: Bool?
     /// The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon, with markup.
     /// 
-    /// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup].
+    /// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup`.
     var primaryIconTooltipMarkup: String?
     /// The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon.
     /// 
-    /// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text].
+    /// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text`.
     var primaryIconTooltipText: String?
     /// The current fraction of the task that's been completed.
     var progressFraction: Double?
     /// The fraction of total entry width to move the progress
     /// bouncing block for each pulse.
     /// 
-    /// See [method@Gtk.Entry.progress_pulse].
+    /// See `Gtk.Entry.progress_pulse`.
     var progressPulseStep: Double?
     /// Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left.
     var scrollOffset: Int?
     /// Whether the secondary icon is activatable.
     /// 
-    /// GTK emits the [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release] signals only on sensitive,
+    /// GTK emits the `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and
+    /// `Gtk.Entry::icon-release` signals only on sensitive,
     /// activatable icons.
     /// 
     /// Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
@@ -188,7 +177,7 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// Whether the secondary icon is sensitive.
     /// 
     /// An insensitive icon appears grayed out. GTK does not emit the
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press[ and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release]
+    /// `Gtk.Entry::icon-press[ and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release`
     /// signals and does not allow DND from insensitive icons.
     /// 
     /// An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
@@ -196,11 +185,11 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
     var secondaryIconSensitive: Bool?
     /// The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon, with markup.
     /// 
-    /// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup].
+    /// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup`.
     var secondaryIconTooltipMarkup: String?
     /// The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon.
     /// 
-    /// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text].
+    /// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text`.
     var secondaryIconTooltipText: String?
     /// The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars.
     var selectionBound: Int?
@@ -211,7 +200,7 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
     var text: Binding<String>?
     /// The length of the text in the `GtkEntry`.
     var textLength: UInt?
-    /// When %TRUE, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line.
+    /// When `true`, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line.
     var truncateMultiline: Bool?
     /// Whether the entry should show the “invisible char” instead of the
     /// actual text (“password mode”).
@@ -243,7 +232,7 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// range of deleted text, or prevent it from being deleted entirely.
     /// 
     /// The @start_pos and @end_pos parameters are interpreted as for
-    /// [method@Gtk.Editable.delete_text].
+    /// `Gtk.Editable.delete_text`.
     var deleteText: (() -> Void)?
     /// This signal is a sign for the cell renderer to update its
     /// value from the @cell_editable.
@@ -284,7 +273,7 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
     var removeWidget: (() -> Void)?
 
     /// Initialize `Entry`.
-    public init() {
+    init() {
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -297,9 +286,8 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let menu = extraMenu?() {
-            let childStorage = MenuCollection { menu }.getMenu(data: data)
+        if let extraMenu {
+            let childStorage = MenuCollection { extraMenu }.getMenu(data: data)
             storage.content["extraMenu"] = [childStorage]
             gtk_entry_set_extra_menu(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -372,7 +360,7 @@ if let text, newValue != text.wrappedValue {
                 gtk_editable_set_enable_undo(widget, enableUndo.cBool)
             }
             if let menu = storage.content["extraMenu"]?.first {
-                MenuCollection { extraMenu?() ?? [] }
+                MenuCollection { extraMenu ?? [] }
                     .updateStorage(menu, data: data.noModifiers, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: MenuContext.self)
             }
             if let hasFrame, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.hasFrame != hasFrame {
@@ -427,305 +415,265 @@ if let text, newValue != text.wrappedValue {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// The current position of the insertion cursor in chars.
     public func cursorPosition(_ cursorPosition: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.cursorPosition = cursorPosition
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.cursorPosition = cursorPosition }
     }
 
     /// Whether the entry contents can be edited.
     public func editable(_ editable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.editable = editable
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.editable = editable }
     }
 
     /// Indicates whether editing on the cell has been canceled.
     public func editingCanceled(_ editingCanceled: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.editingCanceled = editingCanceled
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.editingCanceled = editingCanceled }
     }
 
     /// Whether to suggest Emoji replacements for :-delimited names
     /// like `:heart:`.
     public func enableEmojiCompletion(_ enableEmojiCompletion: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion }
     }
 
     /// If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable.
     public func enableUndo(_ enableUndo: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.enableUndo = enableUndo
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.enableUndo = enableUndo }
     }
 
     /// A menu model whose contents will be appended to the context menu.
-    public func extraMenu(@ViewBuilder _ extraMenu: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.extraMenu = extraMenu
-        return newSelf
+    public func extraMenu(@ViewBuilder _ extraMenu: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.extraMenu = extraMenu() }
     }
 
     /// Whether the entry should draw a frame.
     public func hasFrame(_ hasFrame: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.hasFrame = hasFrame
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.hasFrame = hasFrame }
     }
 
     /// Which IM (input method) module should be used for this entry.
     /// 
-    /// See [class@Gtk.IMContext].
+    /// See `Gtk.IMContext`.
     /// 
     /// Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the system-wide IM
-    /// module setting. See the GtkSettings [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-im-module]
+    /// module setting. See the GtkSettings ``gtkImModule(_:)``
     /// property.
     public func imModule(_ imModule: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.imModule = imModule
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.imModule = imModule }
     }
 
     /// The character to use when masking entry contents (“password mode”).
     public func invisibleCharacter(_ invisibleCharacter: UInt?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.invisibleCharacter = invisibleCharacter
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.invisibleCharacter = invisibleCharacter }
     }
 
     /// Whether the invisible char has been set for the `GtkEntry`.
     public func invisibleCharacterSet(_ invisibleCharacterSet: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.invisibleCharacterSet = invisibleCharacterSet
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.invisibleCharacterSet = invisibleCharacterSet }
     }
 
     /// Maximum number of characters for this entry.
     public func maxLength(_ maxLength: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.maxLength = maxLength
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.maxLength = maxLength }
     }
 
     /// The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters.
     public func maxWidthChars(_ maxWidthChars: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.maxWidthChars = maxWidthChars
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.maxWidthChars = maxWidthChars }
+    }
+
+    /// Text for an item in the context menu to activate the primary icon action.
+    /// 
+    /// When the primary icon is activatable and this property has been set, a new entry
+    /// in the context menu of this GtkEntry will appear with this text. Selecting that
+    /// menu entry will result in the primary icon being activated, exactly in the same way
+    /// as it would be activated from a mouse click.
+    /// 
+    /// This simplifies adding accessibility support to applications using activatable
+    /// icons. The activatable icons aren't focusable when navigating the interface with
+    /// the keyboard This is why Gtk recommends to also add those actions in the context
+    /// menu. This set of methods greatly simplifies this, by adding a menu item that, when
+    /// enabled, calls the same callback than clicking on the icon.
+    public func menuEntryIconPrimaryText(_ menuEntryIconPrimaryText: String?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.menuEntryIconPrimaryText = menuEntryIconPrimaryText }
+    }
+
+    /// Text for an item in the context menu to activate the secondary icon action.
+    /// 
+    /// When the primary icon is activatable and this property has been set, a new entry
+    /// in the context menu of this GtkEntry will appear with this text. Selecting that
+    /// menu entry will result in the primary icon being activated, exactly in the same way
+    /// as it would be activated from a mouse click.
+    /// 
+    /// This simplifies adding accessibility support to applications using activatable
+    /// icons. The activatable icons aren't focusable when navigating the interface with
+    /// the keyboard This is why Gtk recommends to also add those actions in the context
+    /// menu. This set of methods greatly simplifies this, by adding a menu item that, when
+    /// enabled, calls the same callback than clicking on the icon.
+    public func menuEntryIconSecondaryText(_ menuEntryIconSecondaryText: String?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.menuEntryIconSecondaryText = menuEntryIconSecondaryText }
     }
 
     /// If text is overwritten when typing in the `GtkEntry`.
     public func overwriteMode(_ overwriteMode: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.overwriteMode = overwriteMode
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.overwriteMode = overwriteMode }
     }
 
     /// The text that will be displayed in the `GtkEntry` when it is empty
     /// and unfocused.
     public func placeholderText(_ placeholderText: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.placeholderText = placeholderText
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.placeholderText = placeholderText }
     }
 
     /// Whether the primary icon is activatable.
     /// 
-    /// GTK emits the [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release] signals only on sensitive,
+    /// GTK emits the `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and
+    /// `Gtk.Entry::icon-release` signals only on sensitive,
     /// activatable icons.
     /// 
     /// Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
     /// informational purposes.
     public func primaryIconActivatable(_ primaryIconActivatable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.primaryIconActivatable = primaryIconActivatable
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.primaryIconActivatable = primaryIconActivatable }
     }
 
     /// The icon name to use for the primary icon for the entry.
     public func primaryIconName(_ primaryIconName: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.primaryIconName = primaryIconName
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.primaryIconName = primaryIconName }
     }
 
     /// Whether the primary icon is sensitive.
     /// 
     /// An insensitive icon appears grayed out. GTK does not emit the
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release]
+    /// `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and `Gtk.Entry::icon-release`
     /// signals and does not allow DND from insensitive icons.
     /// 
     /// An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
     /// when clicked is currently not available.
     public func primaryIconSensitive(_ primaryIconSensitive: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.primaryIconSensitive = primaryIconSensitive
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.primaryIconSensitive = primaryIconSensitive }
     }
 
     /// The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon, with markup.
     /// 
-    /// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup].
+    /// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup`.
     public func primaryIconTooltipMarkup(_ primaryIconTooltipMarkup: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.primaryIconTooltipMarkup = primaryIconTooltipMarkup
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.primaryIconTooltipMarkup = primaryIconTooltipMarkup }
     }
 
     /// The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon.
     /// 
-    /// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text].
+    /// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text`.
     public func primaryIconTooltipText(_ primaryIconTooltipText: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.primaryIconTooltipText = primaryIconTooltipText
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.primaryIconTooltipText = primaryIconTooltipText }
     }
 
     /// The current fraction of the task that's been completed.
     public func progressFraction(_ progressFraction: Double?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.progressFraction = progressFraction
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.progressFraction = progressFraction }
     }
 
     /// The fraction of total entry width to move the progress
     /// bouncing block for each pulse.
     /// 
-    /// See [method@Gtk.Entry.progress_pulse].
+    /// See `Gtk.Entry.progress_pulse`.
     public func progressPulseStep(_ progressPulseStep: Double?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.progressPulseStep = progressPulseStep
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.progressPulseStep = progressPulseStep }
     }
 
     /// Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left.
     public func scrollOffset(_ scrollOffset: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.scrollOffset = scrollOffset
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.scrollOffset = scrollOffset }
     }
 
     /// Whether the secondary icon is activatable.
     /// 
-    /// GTK emits the [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release] signals only on sensitive,
+    /// GTK emits the `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and
+    /// `Gtk.Entry::icon-release` signals only on sensitive,
     /// activatable icons.
     /// 
     /// Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
     /// informational purposes.
     public func secondaryIconActivatable(_ secondaryIconActivatable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.secondaryIconActivatable = secondaryIconActivatable
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.secondaryIconActivatable = secondaryIconActivatable }
     }
 
     /// The icon name to use for the secondary icon for the entry.
     public func secondaryIconName(_ secondaryIconName: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.secondaryIconName = secondaryIconName
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.secondaryIconName = secondaryIconName }
     }
 
     /// Whether the secondary icon is sensitive.
     /// 
     /// An insensitive icon appears grayed out. GTK does not emit the
-    /// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press[ and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release]
+    /// `Gtk.Entry::icon-press[ and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release`
     /// signals and does not allow DND from insensitive icons.
     /// 
     /// An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
     /// when clicked is currently not available.
     public func secondaryIconSensitive(_ secondaryIconSensitive: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.secondaryIconSensitive = secondaryIconSensitive
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.secondaryIconSensitive = secondaryIconSensitive }
     }
 
     /// The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon, with markup.
     /// 
-    /// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup].
+    /// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup`.
     public func secondaryIconTooltipMarkup(_ secondaryIconTooltipMarkup: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.secondaryIconTooltipMarkup = secondaryIconTooltipMarkup
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.secondaryIconTooltipMarkup = secondaryIconTooltipMarkup }
     }
 
     /// The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon.
     /// 
-    /// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text].
+    /// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text`.
     public func secondaryIconTooltipText(_ secondaryIconTooltipText: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.secondaryIconTooltipText = secondaryIconTooltipText
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.secondaryIconTooltipText = secondaryIconTooltipText }
     }
 
     /// The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars.
     public func selectionBound(_ selectionBound: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.selectionBound = selectionBound
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.selectionBound = selectionBound }
     }
 
     /// Whether the entry will show an Emoji icon in the secondary icon position
     /// to open the Emoji chooser.
     public func showEmojiIcon(_ showEmojiIcon: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showEmojiIcon = showEmojiIcon
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showEmojiIcon = showEmojiIcon }
     }
 
     /// The contents of the entry.
     public func text(_ text: Binding<String>?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.text = text
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.text = text }
     }
 
     /// The length of the text in the `GtkEntry`.
     public func textLength(_ textLength: UInt?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.textLength = textLength
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.textLength = textLength }
     }
 
-    /// When %TRUE, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line.
+    /// When `true`, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line.
     public func truncateMultiline(_ truncateMultiline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.truncateMultiline = truncateMultiline
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.truncateMultiline = truncateMultiline }
     }
 
     /// Whether the entry should show the “invisible char” instead of the
     /// actual text (“password mode”).
     public func visibility(_ visibility: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.visibility = visibility
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.visibility = visibility }
     }
 
     /// Number of characters to leave space for in the entry.
     public func widthChars(_ widthChars: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.widthChars = widthChars
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.widthChars = widthChars }
     }
 
     /// The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right).
     /// 
     /// Reversed for RTL layouts.
     public func xalign(_ xalign: Float?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.xalign = xalign
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.xalign = xalign }
     }
 
     /// Emitted when the entry is activated.
@@ -759,7 +707,7 @@ if let text, newValue != text.wrappedValue {
     /// range of deleted text, or prevent it from being deleted entirely.
     /// 
     /// The @start_pos and @end_pos parameters are interpreted as for
-    /// [method@Gtk.Editable.delete_text].
+    /// `Gtk.Editable.delete_text`.
     public func deleteText(_ deleteText: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
         var newSelf = self
         newSelf.deleteText = deleteText

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/EntryRow.swift

@@ -2,49 +2,44 @@
 //  EntryRow.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
 import LevenshteinTransformations
 
-/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] with an embedded text entry.
+/// A `Gtk.ListBoxRow` with an embedded text entry.
+/// 
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="entry-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="entry-row.png" alt="entry-row"></picture>
 /// 
 /// `AdwEntryRow` has a title that doubles as placeholder text. It shows an icon
 /// indicating that it's editable and can receive additional widgets before or
 /// after the editable part.
 /// 
-/// If [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button] is set to `TRUE`, `AdwEntryRow` can
+/// If ``showApplyButton(_:)`` is set to `true`, `AdwEntryRow` can
 /// show an apply button when editing its contents. This can be useful if
 /// changing its contents can result in an expensive operation, such as network
 /// activity.
 /// 
 /// `AdwEntryRow` provides only minimal API and should be used with the
-/// [iface@Gtk.Editable] API.
+/// `Gtk.Editable` API.
 /// 
-/// See also [class@PasswordEntryRow].
+/// See also `PasswordEntryRow`.
 /// 
-/// ## AdwEntryRow as GtkBuildable
 /// 
-/// The `AdwEntryRow` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
-/// supports adding a child at its end by specifying “suffix” or omitting the
-/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
-/// 
-/// It also supports adding a child as a prefix widget by specifying “prefix” as
-/// the “type” attribute of a <child> element.
-/// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// `AdwEntryRow` has a single CSS node with name `row` and the `.entry` style
-/// class.
 public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
     var activatesDefault: Bool?
@@ -56,9 +51,9 @@ public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     var maxLength: Int?
     /// Whether to show the apply button.
     /// 
-    /// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
+    /// When set to `true`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
     /// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
-    /// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
+    /// emit the `EntryRow::apply` signal.
     /// 
     /// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
     /// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
@@ -69,23 +64,23 @@ public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
     /// 
     /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     var title: String?
     /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     var titleSelectable: Bool?
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
     /// 
     /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     var useMarkup: Bool?
     /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
     var useUnderline: Bool?
     /// Emitted when the apply button is pressed.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button].
+    /// See ``showApplyButton(_:)``.
     var apply: (() -> Void)?
     /// Emitted when the embedded entry is activated.
     var entryActivated: (() -> Void)?
@@ -95,7 +90,7 @@ public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
 
     /// Initialize `EntryRow`.
-    public init() {
+    init() {
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -108,7 +103,6 @@ public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         var suffixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
         for view in suffix() {
@@ -206,89 +200,71 @@ public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
 
     /// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
     public func activatesDefault(_ activatesDefault: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.activatesDefault = activatesDefault
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.activatesDefault = activatesDefault }
     }
 
     /// Whether to suggest emoji replacements on the entry row.
     /// 
     /// Emoji replacement is done with :-delimited names, like `:heart:`.
     public func enableEmojiCompletion(_ enableEmojiCompletion: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion }
     }
 
     /// Maximum number of characters for the entry.
     public func maxLength(_ maxLength: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.maxLength = maxLength
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.maxLength = maxLength }
     }
 
     /// Whether to show the apply button.
     /// 
-    /// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
+    /// When set to `true`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
     /// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
-    /// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
+    /// emit the `EntryRow::apply` signal.
     /// 
     /// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
     /// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
     /// character.
     public func showApplyButton(_ showApplyButton: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showApplyButton = showApplyButton
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showApplyButton = showApplyButton }
     }
 
     /// The length of the text in the entry row.
     public func textLength(_ textLength: UInt?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.textLength = textLength
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.textLength = textLength }
     }
 
     /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
     /// 
     /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.title = title
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.title = title }
     }
 
     /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.titleSelectable = titleSelectable }
     }
 
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
     /// 
     /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
     }
 
     /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
     public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
     }
 
     /// Emitted when the apply button is pressed.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button].
+    /// See ``showApplyButton(_:)``.
     public func apply(_ apply: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
         var newSelf = self
         newSelf.apply = apply

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ExpanderRow.swift

@@ -2,52 +2,34 @@
 //  ExpanderRow.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
 import LevenshteinTransformations
 
-/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to reveal widgets.
+/// A `Gtk.ListBoxRow` used to reveal widgets.
+/// 
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="expander-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="expander-row.png" alt="expander-row"></picture>
 /// 
 /// The `AdwExpanderRow` widget allows the user to reveal or hide widgets below
 /// it. It also allows the user to enable the expansion of the row, allowing to
 /// disable all that the row contains.
 /// 
-/// ## AdwExpanderRow as GtkBuildable
 /// 
-/// The `AdwExpanderRow` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
-/// supports adding a child as an suffix widget by specifying “suffix” as the
-/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
-/// 
-/// It also supports adding it as a prefix widget by specifying “prefix” as the
-/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
-/// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// `AdwExpanderRow` has a main CSS node with name `row` and the `.expander`
-/// style class. It has the `.empty` style class when it contains no children.
-/// 
-/// It contains the subnodes `row.header` for its main embedded row,
-/// `list.nested` for the list it can expand, and `image.expander-row-arrow` for
-/// its arrow.
-/// 
-/// ## Style classes
-/// 
-/// `AdwExpanderRow` can use the [`.`](style-classes.html#property-rows)
-/// style class to emphasize the row subtitle instead of the row title, which is
-/// useful for displaying read-only properties.
-/// 
-/// When used together with the `.monospace` style class, only the subtitle
-/// becomes monospace, not the title or any extra widgets.
 public struct ExpanderRow: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// Whether expansion is enabled.
     var enableExpansion: Binding<Bool>?
@@ -58,7 +40,7 @@ public struct ExpanderRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// The subtitle for this row.
     /// 
     /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     var subtitle: String?
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
     /// ellipsized.
@@ -68,7 +50,7 @@ public struct ExpanderRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
     /// 
     /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     var title: String?
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
     /// 
@@ -76,13 +58,13 @@ public struct ExpanderRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     var titleLines: Int?
     /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     var titleSelectable: Bool?
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
     /// 
     /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     var useMarkup: Bool?
     /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
     var useUnderline: Bool?
@@ -107,7 +89,6 @@ public struct ExpanderRow: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         var rowsStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
         for view in rows() {
@@ -231,33 +212,25 @@ if let expanded, newValue != expanded.wrappedValue {
 
     /// Whether expansion is enabled.
     public func enableExpansion(_ enableExpansion: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.enableExpansion = enableExpansion
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.enableExpansion = enableExpansion }
     }
 
     /// Whether the row is expanded.
     public func expanded(_ expanded: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.expanded = expanded
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.expanded = expanded }
     }
 
     /// Whether the switch enabling the expansion is visible.
     public func showEnableSwitch(_ showEnableSwitch: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showEnableSwitch = showEnableSwitch
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showEnableSwitch = showEnableSwitch }
     }
 
     /// The subtitle for this row.
     /// 
     /// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.subtitle = subtitle }
     }
 
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
@@ -265,55 +238,43 @@ if let expanded, newValue != expanded.wrappedValue {
     /// 
     /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
     public func subtitleLines(_ subtitleLines: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.subtitleLines = subtitleLines
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.subtitleLines = subtitleLines }
     }
 
     /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
     /// 
     /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.title = title
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.title = title }
     }
 
     /// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
     /// 
     /// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
     public func titleLines(_ titleLines: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.titleLines = titleLines
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.titleLines = titleLines }
     }
 
     /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.titleSelectable = titleSelectable }
     }
 
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
     /// 
     /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
     }
 
     /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
     public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
     }
 
     /// Set the body for "rows".

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Fixed.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Fixed.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -47,10 +47,17 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// widget. But you should be aware of the tradeoffs.
 public struct Fixed: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
@@ -71,7 +78,6 @@ public struct Fixed: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         return storage
     }
@@ -101,9 +107,7 @@ public struct Fixed: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/FlowBox.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  FlowBox.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// Puts child widgets in a reflowing grid.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="flow-box-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkFlowBox" src="flow-box.png"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// For instance, with the horizontal orientation, the widgets will be
 /// arranged from left to right, starting a new row under the previous
@@ -30,45 +30,26 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// The children of a `GtkFlowBox` can be dynamically sorted and filtered.
 /// 
 /// Although a `GtkFlowBox` must have only `GtkFlowBoxChild` children, you
-/// can add any kind of widget to it via [method@Gtk.FlowBox.insert], and a
+/// can add any kind of widget to it via `Gtk.FlowBox.insert`, and a
 /// `GtkFlowBoxChild` widget will automatically be inserted between the box
 /// and the widget.
 /// 
-/// Also see [class@Gtk.ListBox].
+/// Also see `Gtk.ListBox`.
 /// 
-/// # Shortcuts and Gestures
 /// 
-/// The following signals have default keybindings:
-/// 
-/// - [signal@Gtk.FlowBox::move-cursor]
-/// - [signal@Gtk.FlowBox::select-all]
-/// - [signal@Gtk.FlowBox::toggle-cursor-child]
-/// - [signal@Gtk.FlowBox::unselect-all]
-/// 
-/// # CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// ```
-/// flowbox
-/// ├── flowboxchild
-/// │   ╰── <child>├── flowboxchild
-/// │   ╰── <child>┊
-/// ╰── [rubberband]
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// `GtkFlowBox` uses a single CSS node with name flowbox. `GtkFlowBoxChild`
-/// uses a single CSS node with name flowboxchild. For rubberband selection,
-/// a subnode with name rubberband is used.
-/// 
-/// # Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `GtkFlowBox` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.grid] role, and `GtkFlowBoxChild`
-/// uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.grid_cell] role.
-public struct FlowBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
+public struct FlowBox<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equatable {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// Whether to accept unpaired release events.
     var acceptUnpairedRelease: Bool?
@@ -128,8 +109,8 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     var selectAll: (() -> Void)?
     /// Emitted when the set of selected children changes.
     /// 
-    /// Use [method@Gtk.FlowBox.selected_foreach] or
-    /// [method@Gtk.FlowBox.get_selected_children] to obtain the
+    /// Use `Gtk.FlowBox.selected_foreach` or
+    /// `Gtk.FlowBox.get_selected_children` to obtain the
     /// selected children.
     var selectedChildrenChanged: (() -> Void)?
     /// Emitted to toggle the selection of the child that has the focus.
@@ -149,11 +130,14 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     var elements: [Element]
     /// The dynamic widget content.
     var content: (Element) -> Body
+    /// The dynamic widget identifier key path.
+    var id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>
 
     /// Initialize `FlowBox`.
-    public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
+    init(_ elements: [Element], id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>, @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
         self.elements = elements
         self.content = content
+        self.id = id
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -166,7 +150,6 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         return storage
     }
@@ -236,8 +219,9 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
 
             var contentStorage: [ViewStorage] = storage.content[.mainContent] ?? []
             let old = storage.fields["element"] as? [Element] ?? []
-            old.identifiableTransform(
+            old.transform(
                 to: elements,
+                id: id,
                 functions: .init { index in
                     gtk_flow_box_remove(widget, gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_index(widget, index.cInt)?.cast())
                     contentStorage.remove(at: index)
@@ -264,49 +248,37 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
 
     /// Whether to accept unpaired release events.
     public func acceptUnpairedRelease(_ acceptUnpairedRelease: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.acceptUnpairedRelease = acceptUnpairedRelease
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.acceptUnpairedRelease = acceptUnpairedRelease }
     }
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// Determines whether children can be activated with a single
     /// click, or require a double-click.
     public func activateOnSingleClick(_ activateOnSingleClick: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.activateOnSingleClick = activateOnSingleClick
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.activateOnSingleClick = activateOnSingleClick }
     }
 
     /// The amount of horizontal space between two children.
     public func columnSpacing(_ columnSpacing: UInt?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.columnSpacing = columnSpacing
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.columnSpacing = columnSpacing }
     }
 
     /// Determines whether all children should be allocated the
     /// same size.
     public func homogeneous(_ homogeneous: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.homogeneous = homogeneous
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.homogeneous = homogeneous }
     }
 
     /// The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively
     /// in the given orientation.
     public func maxChildrenPerLine(_ maxChildrenPerLine: UInt?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.maxChildrenPerLine = maxChildrenPerLine
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.maxChildrenPerLine = maxChildrenPerLine }
     }
 
     /// The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively
@@ -316,16 +288,12 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     /// that a reasonably small height will be requested
     /// for the overall minimum width of the box.
     public func minChildrenPerLine(_ minChildrenPerLine: UInt?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.minChildrenPerLine = minChildrenPerLine
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.minChildrenPerLine = minChildrenPerLine }
     }
 
     /// The amount of vertical space between two children.
     public func rowSpacing(_ rowSpacing: UInt?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.rowSpacing = rowSpacing
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.rowSpacing = rowSpacing }
     }
 
     /// Emitted when the user activates the @box.
@@ -380,8 +348,8 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
 
     /// Emitted when the set of selected children changes.
     /// 
-    /// Use [method@Gtk.FlowBox.selected_foreach] or
-    /// [method@Gtk.FlowBox.get_selected_children] to obtain the
+    /// Use `Gtk.FlowBox.selected_foreach` or
+    /// `Gtk.FlowBox.get_selected_children` to obtain the
     /// selected children.
     public func selectedChildrenChanged(_ selectedChildrenChanged: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
         var newSelf = self
@@ -413,3 +381,14 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     }
 
 }
+
+extension FlowBox where Element: Identifiable, Identifier == Element.ID {
+
+    /// Initialize `FlowBox`.
+    public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
+        self.elements = elements
+        self.content = content
+        self.id = \.id
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/HeaderBar.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  HeaderBar.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,106 +10,31 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A title bar widget.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="header-bar-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="header-bar.png" alt="header-bar"></picture>
 /// 
-/// `AdwHeaderBar` is similar to [class@Gtk.HeaderBar], but provides additional
+/// 
+/// `AdwHeaderBar` is similar to `Gtk.HeaderBar`, but provides additional
 /// features compared to it. Refer to `GtkHeaderBar` for details. It is typically
-/// used as a top bar within [class@ToolbarView].
+/// used as a top bar within `ToolbarView`.
 /// 
-/// ## Dialog Integration
 /// 
-/// When placed inside an [class@Dialog], `AdwHeaderBar` will display the dialog
-/// title instead of window title. It will also adjust the decoration layout to
-/// ensure it always has a close button and nothing else. Set
-/// [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] and
-/// [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] to `FALSE` to remove it if it's
-/// unwanted.
-/// 
-/// ## Navigation View Integration
-/// 
-/// When placed inside an [class@NavigationPage], `AdwHeaderBar` will display the
-/// page title instead of window title.
-/// 
-/// When used together with [class@NavigationView] or [class@NavigationSplitView],
-/// it will also display a back button that can be used to go back to the previous
-/// page. The button also has a context menu, allowing to pop multiple pages at
-/// once, potentially across multiple navigation views.
-/// 
-/// Set [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] to `FALSE` to disable this behavior
-/// in rare scenarios where it's unwanted.
-/// 
-/// ## Split View Integration
-/// 
-/// When placed inside [class@NavigationSplitView] or [class@OverlaySplitView],
-/// `AdwHeaderBar` will automatically hide the title buttons other than at the
-/// edges of the window.
-/// 
-/// ## Bottom Sheet Integration
-/// 
-/// When played inside [class@BottomSheet], `AdwHeaderBar` will not show the title
-/// unless [property@BottomSheet:show-drag-handle] is set to `FALSE`, regardless
-/// of [property@HeaderBar:show-title]. This only applies to the default title,
-/// titles set with [property@HeaderBar:title-widget] will still be shown.
-/// 
-/// ## Centering Policy
-/// 
-/// [property@HeaderBar:centering-policy] allows to enforce strict centering of
-/// the title widget. This can be useful for entries inside [class@Clamp].
-/// 
-/// ## Title Buttons
-/// 
-/// Unlike `GtkHeaderBar`, `AdwHeaderBar` allows to toggle title button
-/// visibility for each side individually, using the
-/// [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] and
-/// [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] properties.
-/// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// ```
-/// headerbar
-/// ╰── windowhandle
-/// ╰── box
-/// ├── widget
-/// │   ╰── box.start
-/// │       ├── windowcontrols.start
-/// │       ├── widget
-/// │       │   ╰── [button.back]
-/// │       ╰── [other children]
-/// ├── widget
-/// │   ╰── [Title Widget]
-/// ╰── widget
-/// ╰── box.end
-/// ├── [other children]
-/// ╰── windowcontrols.end
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// `AdwHeaderBar`'s CSS node is called `headerbar`. It contains a `windowhandle`
-/// subnode, which contains a `box` subnode, which contains three `widget`
-/// subnodes at the start, center and end of the header bar. The start and end
-/// subnodes contain a `box` subnode with the `.start` and `.end` style classes
-/// respectively, and the center node contains a node that represents the title.
-/// 
-/// Each of the boxes contains a `windowcontrols` subnode, see
-/// [class@Gtk.WindowControls] for details, as well as other children.
-/// 
-/// When [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] is `TRUE`, the start box also
-/// contains a node with the name `widget` that contains a node with the name
-/// `button` and `.back` style class.
-/// 
-/// ## Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `AdwHeaderBar` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
 public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The decoration layout for buttons.
     /// 
     /// If this property is not set, the
-    /// [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-decoration-layout] setting is used.
+    /// ``gtkDecorationLayout(_:)`` setting is used.
     /// 
     /// The format of the string is button names, separated by commas. A colon
     /// separates the buttons that should appear at the start from those at the
@@ -122,23 +47,23 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// Whether the header bar can show the back button.
     /// 
     /// The back button will never be shown unless the header bar is placed inside an
-    /// [class@NavigationView]. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `FALSE`.
+    /// `NavigationView`. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `false`.
     var showBackButton: Bool?
     /// Whether to show title buttons at the end of the header bar.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] for the other side.
+    /// See ``showStartTitleButtons(_:)`` for the other side.
     /// 
     /// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
-    /// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
+    /// ``decorationLayout(_:)`` property, and by the state of the
     /// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
     /// closed).
     var showEndTitleButtons: Bool?
     /// Whether to show title buttons at the start of the header bar.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] for the other side.
+    /// See ``showEndTitleButtons(_:)`` for the other side.
     /// 
     /// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
-    /// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
+    /// ``decorationLayout(_:)`` property, and by the state of the
     /// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
     /// closed).
     var showStartTitleButtons: Bool?
@@ -149,12 +74,12 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// When set to `NULL`, the header bar will display the title of the window it
     /// is contained in.
     /// 
-    /// To use a different title, use [class@WindowTitle]:
+    /// To use a different title, use `WindowTitle`:
     /// 
     /// ```xml
     /// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"><property name="title-widget"><object class="AdwWindowTitle"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Title</property></object></property></object>
     /// ```
-    var titleWidget: (() -> Body)?
+    var titleWidget: Body?
     /// The body for the widget "start".
     var start: () -> Body = { [] }
     /// The body for the widget "end".
@@ -174,8 +99,7 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let titleWidgetStorage = titleWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let titleWidgetStorage = titleWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["titleWidget"] = [titleWidgetStorage]
             adw_header_bar_set_title_widget(storage.opaquePointer, titleWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -220,7 +144,7 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
                 adw_header_bar_set_show_title(widget, showTitle.cBool)
             }
             if let widget = storage.content["titleWidget"]?.first {
-                titleWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                titleWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
 
             if let startStorage = storage.content["start"] {
@@ -261,7 +185,7 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// The decoration layout for buttons.
     /// 
     /// If this property is not set, the
-    /// [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-decoration-layout] setting is used.
+    /// ``gtkDecorationLayout(_:)`` setting is used.
     /// 
     /// The format of the string is button names, separated by commas. A colon
     /// separates the buttons that should appear at the start from those at the
@@ -271,54 +195,44 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// For example, “icon:minimize,maximize,close” specifies an icon at the start,
     /// and minimize, maximize and close buttons at the end.
     public func decorationLayout(_ decorationLayout: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.decorationLayout = decorationLayout
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.decorationLayout = decorationLayout }
     }
 
     /// Whether the header bar can show the back button.
     /// 
     /// The back button will never be shown unless the header bar is placed inside an
-    /// [class@NavigationView]. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `FALSE`.
+    /// `NavigationView`. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `false`.
     public func showBackButton(_ showBackButton: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showBackButton = showBackButton
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showBackButton = showBackButton }
     }
 
     /// Whether to show title buttons at the end of the header bar.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] for the other side.
+    /// See ``showStartTitleButtons(_:)`` for the other side.
     /// 
     /// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
-    /// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
+    /// ``decorationLayout(_:)`` property, and by the state of the
     /// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
     /// closed).
     public func showEndTitleButtons(_ showEndTitleButtons: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showEndTitleButtons = showEndTitleButtons
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showEndTitleButtons = showEndTitleButtons }
     }
 
     /// Whether to show title buttons at the start of the header bar.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] for the other side.
+    /// See ``showEndTitleButtons(_:)`` for the other side.
     /// 
     /// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
-    /// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
+    /// ``decorationLayout(_:)`` property, and by the state of the
     /// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
     /// closed).
     public func showStartTitleButtons(_ showStartTitleButtons: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showStartTitleButtons = showStartTitleButtons
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showStartTitleButtons = showStartTitleButtons }
     }
 
     /// Whether the title widget should be shown.
     public func showTitle(_ showTitle: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showTitle = showTitle
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showTitle = showTitle }
     }
 
     /// The title widget to display.
@@ -326,15 +240,13 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// When set to `NULL`, the header bar will display the title of the window it
     /// is contained in.
     /// 
-    /// To use a different title, use [class@WindowTitle]:
+    /// To use a different title, use `WindowTitle`:
     /// 
     /// ```xml
     /// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"><property name="title-widget"><object class="AdwWindowTitle"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Title</property></object></property></object>
     /// ```
-    public func titleWidget(@ViewBuilder _ titleWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.titleWidget = titleWidget
-        return newSelf
+    public func titleWidget(@ViewBuilder _ titleWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.titleWidget = titleWidget() }
     }
 
     /// Set the body for "start".

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Image.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+//
+//  Image.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// Displays an image.
+/// 
+/// 
+/// 
+/// Various kinds of object can be displayed as an image; most typically,
+/// you would load a `GdkTexture` from a file, using the convenience function
+/// `Gtk.Image.new_from_file`, for instance:
+/// 
+/// ```c
+/// GtkWidget *image = gtk_image_new_from_file ("myfile.png");
+/// ```
+/// 
+/// If the file isn’t loaded successfully, the image will contain a
+/// “broken image” icon similar to that used in many web browsers.
+/// 
+/// If you want to handle errors in loading the file yourself, for example
+/// by displaying an error message, then load the image with an image
+/// loading framework such as libglycin, then create the `GtkImage` with
+/// `Gtk.Image.new_from_paintable`.
+/// 
+/// Sometimes an application will want to avoid depending on external data
+/// files, such as image files. See the documentation of `GResource` inside
+/// GIO, for details. In this case, ``resource(_:)``,
+/// `Gtk.Image.new_from_resource`, and `Gtk.Image.set_from_resource`
+/// should be used.
+/// 
+/// `GtkImage` displays its image as an icon, with a size that is determined
+/// by the application. See `Gtk.Picture` if you want to show an image
+/// at is actual size.
+/// 
+/// 
+public struct Image: AdwaitaWidget {
+
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
+
+    /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
+    /// 
+    /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
+    var accessibleRole: String?
+    /// The name of the icon in the icon theme.
+    /// 
+    /// If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated automatically.
+    var iconName: String?
+    /// The size in pixels to display icons at.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to a value != -1, this property overrides the
+    /// ``iconSize(_:)`` property for images of type
+    /// `GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME`.
+    var pixelSize: Int?
+    /// A path to a resource file to display.
+    var resource: String?
+    /// The representation being used for image data.
+    var storageType: String?
+    /// Whether the icon displayed in the `GtkImage` will use
+    /// standard icon names fallback.
+    /// 
+    /// The value of this property is only relevant for images of type
+    /// %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and %GTK_IMAGE_GICON.
+    var useFallback: Bool?
+
+    /// Initialize `Image`.
+    public init() {
+    }
+
+    /// The view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
+    ///     - type: The view render data type.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_image_new()?.opaque())
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage, data)
+        }
+
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the stored content.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The storage to update.
+    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
+    ///     - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
+    ///     - type: The view render data type.
+    public func update<Data>(_ storage: ViewStorage, data: WidgetData, updateProperties: Bool, type: Data.Type) where Data: ViewRenderData {
+        storage.modify { widget in
+
+            if let iconName, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.iconName != iconName {
+                gtk_image_set_from_icon_name(widget, iconName)
+            }
+            if let pixelSize, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.pixelSize != pixelSize {
+                gtk_image_set_pixel_size(widget, pixelSize.cInt)
+            }
+
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage, data, updateProperties)
+        }
+        if updateProperties {
+            storage.previousState = self
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
+    /// 
+    /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
+    public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
+    }
+
+    /// The name of the icon in the icon theme.
+    /// 
+    /// If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated automatically.
+    public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.iconName = iconName }
+    }
+
+    /// The size in pixels to display icons at.
+    /// 
+    /// If set to a value != -1, this property overrides the
+    /// ``iconSize(_:)`` property for images of type
+    /// `GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME`.
+    public func pixelSize(_ pixelSize: Int?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.pixelSize = pixelSize }
+    }
+
+    /// A path to a resource file to display.
+    public func resource(_ resource: String?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.resource = resource }
+    }
+
+    /// The representation being used for image data.
+    public func storageType(_ storageType: String?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.storageType = storageType }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the icon displayed in the `GtkImage` will use
+    /// standard icon names fallback.
+    /// 
+    /// The value of this property is only relevant for images of type
+    /// %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and %GTK_IMAGE_GICON.
+    public func useFallback(_ useFallback: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.useFallback = useFallback }
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Label.swift

@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+//
+//  Label.swift
+//  Adwaita
+//
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
+//
+
+import CAdw
+import LevenshteinTransformations
+
+/// Displays a small amount of text.
+/// 
+/// Most labels are used to label another widget (such as an `Entry`).
+/// 
+/// 
+/// 
+/// 
+public struct Label: AdwaitaWidget {
+
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
+
+    /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
+    /// 
+    /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
+    var accessibleRole: String?
+    /// The contents of the label.
+    /// 
+    /// If the string contains Pango markup (see `Pango.parse_markup`),
+    /// you will have to set the ``useMarkup(_:)`` property to
+    /// true in order for the label to display the markup attributes. See also
+    /// `Gtk.Label.set_markup` for a convenience function that sets both
+    /// this property and the ``useMarkup(_:)`` property at the
+    /// same time.
+    /// 
+    /// If the string contains underlines acting as mnemonics, you will have to
+    /// set the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to true in order
+    /// for the label to display them.
+    var label: String
+    /// The number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
+    /// should display before it gets ellipsized. This both prevents the label
+    /// from ellipsizing before this many lines are displayed, and limits the
+    /// height request of the label to this many lines.
+    /// 
+    /// > [!WARNING]
+    /// >     Setting this property has unintuitive and unfortunate consequences
+    /// for the minimum _width_ of the label. Specifically, if the height
+    /// of the label is such that it fits a smaller number of lines than
+    /// the value of this property, the label can not be ellipsized at all,
+    /// which means it must be wide enough to fit all the text fully.
+    /// 
+    /// This property has no effect if the label is not wrapping or ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// Set this property to -1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines.
+    var lines: Int?
+    /// The desired maximum width of the label, in characters.
+    /// 
+    /// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
+    /// 
+    /// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html
+    var maxWidthChars: Int?
+    /// The mnemonic accelerator key for the label.
+    var mnemonicKeyval: UInt?
+    /// The widget to be activated when the labels mnemonic key is pressed.
+    var mnemonicWidget: Body?
+    /// Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse.
+    var selectable: Bool?
+    /// Whether the label is in single line mode.
+    /// 
+    /// In single line mode, the height of the label does not depend on the
+    /// actual text, it is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This
+    /// can be an advantage in situations where resizing the label because
+    /// of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar.
+    var singleLineMode: Bool?
+    /// True if the text of the label includes Pango markup.
+    /// 
+    /// See `Pango.parse_markup`.
+    var useMarkup: Bool?
+    /// True if the text of the label indicates a mnemonic with an `_`
+    /// before the mnemonic character.
+    var useUnderline: Bool?
+    /// The desired width of the label, in characters.
+    /// 
+    /// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
+    /// 
+    /// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html
+    var widthChars: Int?
+    /// True if the label text will wrap if it gets too wide.
+    var wrap: Bool?
+    /// The horizontal alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
+    /// 
+    /// Compare this to ``halign(_:)``, which determines how the
+    /// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
+    var xalign: Float?
+    /// The vertical alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
+    /// 
+    /// Compare this to ``valign(_:)``, which determines how the
+    /// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
+    var yalign: Float?
+    /// Gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard.
+    /// 
+    /// The `::copy-clipboard` signal is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The default binding for this signal is <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>c</kbd>.
+    var copyClipboard: (() -> Void)?
+
+    /// Initialize `Label`.
+    public init(label: String) {
+        self.label = label
+    }
+
+    /// The view storage.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
+    ///     - type: The view render data type.
+    /// - Returns: The view storage.
+    public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
+        let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_label_new(label)?.opaque())
+        for function in appearFunctions {
+            function(storage, data)
+        }
+        if let mnemonicWidgetStorage = mnemonicWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
+            storage.content["mnemonicWidget"] = [mnemonicWidgetStorage]
+            gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget(storage.opaquePointer, mnemonicWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
+        }
+
+        return storage
+    }
+
+    /// Update the stored content.
+    /// - Parameters:
+    ///     - storage: The storage to update.
+    ///     - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
+    ///     - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
+    ///     - type: The view render data type.
+    public func update<Data>(_ storage: ViewStorage, data: WidgetData, updateProperties: Bool, type: Data.Type) where Data: ViewRenderData {
+        if let copyClipboard {
+            storage.connectSignal(name: "copy-clipboard", argCount: 0) {
+                copyClipboard()
+            }
+        }
+        storage.modify { widget in
+
+            if updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.label != label {
+                gtk_label_set_label(widget, label)
+            }
+            if let lines, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.lines != lines {
+                gtk_label_set_lines(widget, lines.cInt)
+            }
+            if let maxWidthChars, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.maxWidthChars != maxWidthChars {
+                gtk_label_set_max_width_chars(widget, maxWidthChars.cInt)
+            }
+            if let widget = storage.content["mnemonicWidget"]?.first {
+                mnemonicWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+            }
+            if let selectable, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.selectable != selectable {
+                gtk_label_set_selectable(widget, selectable.cBool)
+            }
+            if let singleLineMode, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.singleLineMode != singleLineMode {
+                gtk_label_set_single_line_mode(widget, singleLineMode.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useMarkup, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.useMarkup != useMarkup {
+                gtk_label_set_use_markup(widget, useMarkup.cBool)
+            }
+            if let useUnderline, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.useUnderline != useUnderline {
+                gtk_label_set_use_underline(widget, useUnderline.cBool)
+            }
+            if let widthChars, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.widthChars != widthChars {
+                gtk_label_set_width_chars(widget, widthChars.cInt)
+            }
+            if let wrap, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.wrap != wrap {
+                gtk_label_set_wrap(widget, wrap.cBool)
+            }
+            if let xalign, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.xalign != xalign {
+                gtk_label_set_xalign(widget, xalign)
+            }
+            if let yalign, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.yalign != yalign {
+                gtk_label_set_yalign(widget, yalign)
+            }
+
+
+
+        }
+        for function in updateFunctions {
+            function(storage, data, updateProperties)
+        }
+        if updateProperties {
+            storage.previousState = self
+        }
+    }
+
+    /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
+    /// 
+    /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
+    public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
+    }
+
+    /// The contents of the label.
+    /// 
+    /// If the string contains Pango markup (see `Pango.parse_markup`),
+    /// you will have to set the ``useMarkup(_:)`` property to
+    /// true in order for the label to display the markup attributes. See also
+    /// `Gtk.Label.set_markup` for a convenience function that sets both
+    /// this property and the ``useMarkup(_:)`` property at the
+    /// same time.
+    /// 
+    /// If the string contains underlines acting as mnemonics, you will have to
+    /// set the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to true in order
+    /// for the label to display them.
+    public func label(_ label: String) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.label = label }
+    }
+
+    /// The number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
+    /// should display before it gets ellipsized. This both prevents the label
+    /// from ellipsizing before this many lines are displayed, and limits the
+    /// height request of the label to this many lines.
+    /// 
+    /// > [!WARNING]
+    /// >     Setting this property has unintuitive and unfortunate consequences
+    /// for the minimum _width_ of the label. Specifically, if the height
+    /// of the label is such that it fits a smaller number of lines than
+    /// the value of this property, the label can not be ellipsized at all,
+    /// which means it must be wide enough to fit all the text fully.
+    /// 
+    /// This property has no effect if the label is not wrapping or ellipsized.
+    /// 
+    /// Set this property to -1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines.
+    public func lines(_ lines: Int?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.lines = lines }
+    }
+
+    /// The desired maximum width of the label, in characters.
+    /// 
+    /// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
+    /// 
+    /// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html
+    public func maxWidthChars(_ maxWidthChars: Int?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.maxWidthChars = maxWidthChars }
+    }
+
+    /// The mnemonic accelerator key for the label.
+    public func mnemonicKeyval(_ mnemonicKeyval: UInt?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.mnemonicKeyval = mnemonicKeyval }
+    }
+
+    /// The widget to be activated when the labels mnemonic key is pressed.
+    public func mnemonicWidget(@ViewBuilder _ mnemonicWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.mnemonicWidget = mnemonicWidget() }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse.
+    public func selectable(_ selectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.selectable = selectable }
+    }
+
+    /// Whether the label is in single line mode.
+    /// 
+    /// In single line mode, the height of the label does not depend on the
+    /// actual text, it is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This
+    /// can be an advantage in situations where resizing the label because
+    /// of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar.
+    public func singleLineMode(_ singleLineMode: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.singleLineMode = singleLineMode }
+    }
+
+    /// True if the text of the label includes Pango markup.
+    /// 
+    /// See `Pango.parse_markup`.
+    public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
+    }
+
+    /// True if the text of the label indicates a mnemonic with an `_`
+    /// before the mnemonic character.
+    public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
+    }
+
+    /// The desired width of the label, in characters.
+    /// 
+    /// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
+    /// 
+    /// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html
+    public func widthChars(_ widthChars: Int?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.widthChars = widthChars }
+    }
+
+    /// True if the label text will wrap if it gets too wide.
+    public func wrap(_ wrap: Bool? = true) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.wrap = wrap }
+    }
+
+    /// The horizontal alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
+    /// 
+    /// Compare this to ``halign(_:)``, which determines how the
+    /// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
+    public func xalign(_ xalign: Float?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.xalign = xalign }
+    }
+
+    /// The vertical alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
+    /// 
+    /// Compare this to ``valign(_:)``, which determines how the
+    /// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
+    public func yalign(_ yalign: Float?) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.yalign = yalign }
+    }
+
+    /// Gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard.
+    /// 
+    /// The `::copy-clipboard` signal is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
+    /// 
+    /// The default binding for this signal is <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>c</kbd>.
+    public func copyClipboard(_ copyClipboard: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
+        var newSelf = self
+        newSelf.copyClipboard = copyClipboard
+        return newSelf
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/LevelBar.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  LevelBar.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// Typical use cases are displaying the strength of a password, or
 /// showing the charge level of a battery.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="levelbar-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkLevelBar" src="levelbar.png"></picture>
 /// 
-/// Use [method@Gtk.LevelBar.set_value] to set the current value, and
-/// [method@Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value] to set the value offsets at which
+/// 
+/// Use `Gtk.LevelBar.set_value` to set the current value, and
+/// `Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value` to set the value offsets at which
 /// the bar will be considered in a different state. GTK will add a few
 /// offsets by default on the level bar: %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW,
 /// %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH and %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_FULL, with
@@ -26,91 +26,20 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// when changing the minimum or maximum value. GTK will simply clamp
 /// them to the new range.
 /// 
-/// ## Adding a custom offset on the bar
 /// 
-/// ```c
-/// static GtkWidget *
-/// create_level_bar (void)
-/// {
-/// GtkWidget *widget;
-/// GtkLevelBar *bar;
-/// 
-/// widget = gtk_level_bar_new ();
-/// bar = GTK_LEVEL_BAR (widget);
-/// 
-/// // This changes the value of the default low offset
-/// 
-/// gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (bar,
-/// GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW,
-/// 0.10);
-/// 
-/// // This adds a new offset to the bar; the application will
-/// // be able to change its color CSS like this:
-/// //
-/// // levelbar block.my-offset {
-/// //   background-color: magenta;
-/// //   border-style: solid;
-/// //   border-color: black;
-/// //   border-width: 1px;
-/// // }
-/// 
-/// gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (bar, "my-offset", 0.60);
-/// 
-/// return widget;
-/// }
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// The default interval of values is between zero and one, but it’s possible
-/// to modify the interval using [method@Gtk.LevelBar.set_min_value] and
-/// [method@Gtk.LevelBar.set_max_value]. The value will be always drawn in
-/// proportion to the admissible interval, i.e. a value of 15 with a specified
-/// interval between 10 and 20 is equivalent to a value of 0.5 with an interval
-/// between 0 and 1. When %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE is used, the bar level
-/// is rendered as a finite number of separated blocks instead of a single one.
-/// The number of blocks that will be rendered is equal to the number of units
-/// specified by the admissible interval.
-/// 
-/// For instance, to build a bar rendered with five blocks, it’s sufficient to
-/// set the minimum value to 0 and the maximum value to 5 after changing the
-/// indicator mode to discrete.
-/// 
-/// # GtkLevelBar as GtkBuildable
-/// 
-/// The `GtkLevelBar` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface supports a
-/// custom `<offsets>` element, which can contain any number of `<offset>` elements,
-/// each of which must have "name" and "value" attributes.
-/// 
-/// # CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// ```
-/// levelbar[.discrete]
-/// ╰── trough
-/// ├── block.filled.level-name
-/// ┊
-/// ├── block.empty
-/// ┊
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// `GtkLevelBar` has a main CSS node with name levelbar and one of the style
-/// classes .discrete or .continuous and a subnode with name trough. Below the
-/// trough node are a number of nodes with name block and style class .filled
-/// or .empty. In continuous mode, there is exactly one node of each, in discrete
-/// mode, the number of filled and unfilled nodes corresponds to blocks that are
-/// drawn. The block.filled nodes also get a style class .level-name corresponding
-/// to the level for the current value.
-/// 
-/// In horizontal orientation, the nodes are always arranged from left to right,
-/// regardless of text direction.
-/// 
-/// # Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `GtkLevelBar` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.meter] role.
 public struct LevelBar: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
@@ -129,7 +58,7 @@ public struct LevelBar: AdwaitaWidget {
     var value: Double?
     /// Emitted when an offset specified on the bar changes value.
     /// 
-    /// This typically is the result of a [method@Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value]
+    /// This typically is the result of a `Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value`
     /// call.
     /// 
     /// The signal supports detailed connections; you can connect to the
@@ -151,7 +80,6 @@ public struct LevelBar: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         return storage
     }
@@ -198,9 +126,7 @@ public struct LevelBar: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// Whether the `GtkLeveBar` is inverted.
@@ -208,35 +134,27 @@ public struct LevelBar: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// Level bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right.
     /// Inverted level bars grow in the opposite direction.
     public func inverted(_ inverted: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.inverted = inverted
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.inverted = inverted }
     }
 
     /// Determines the maximum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
     public func maxValue(_ maxValue: Double?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.maxValue = maxValue
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.maxValue = maxValue }
     }
 
     /// Determines the minimum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
     public func minValue(_ minValue: Double?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.minValue = minValue
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.minValue = minValue }
     }
 
     /// Determines the currently filled value of the level bar.
     public func value(_ value: Double?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.value = value
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.value = value }
     }
 
     /// Emitted when an offset specified on the bar changes value.
     /// 
-    /// This typically is the result of a [method@Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value]
+    /// This typically is the result of a `Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value`
     /// call.
     /// 
     /// The signal supports detailed connections; you can connect to the

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/LinkButton.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  LinkButton.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,49 +10,36 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A button with a hyperlink.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="link-button-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkLinkButton" src="link-button.png"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// It is useful to show quick links to resources.
 /// 
-/// A link button is created by calling either [ctor@Gtk.LinkButton.new] or
-/// [ctor@Gtk.LinkButton.new_with_label]. If using the former, the URI you
+/// A link button is created by calling either `Gtk.LinkButton.new` or
+/// `Gtk.LinkButton.new_with_label`. If using the former, the URI you
 /// pass to the constructor is used as a label for the widget.
 /// 
 /// The URI bound to a `GtkLinkButton` can be set specifically using
-/// [method@Gtk.LinkButton.set_uri].
+/// `Gtk.LinkButton.set_uri`.
 /// 
-/// By default, `GtkLinkButton` calls [method@Gtk.FileLauncher.launch] when the button
+/// By default, `GtkLinkButton` calls `Gtk.FileLauncher.launch` when the button
 /// is clicked. This behaviour can be overridden by connecting to the
-/// [signal@Gtk.LinkButton::activate-link] signal and returning %TRUE from
+/// `Gtk.LinkButton::activate-link` signal and returning `true` from
 /// the signal handler.
 /// 
-/// # Shortcuts and Gestures
 /// 
-/// `GtkLinkButton` supports the following keyboard shortcuts:
-/// 
-/// - <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>F10</kbd> or <kbd>Menu</kbd> opens the context menu.
-/// 
-/// # Actions
-/// 
-/// `GtkLinkButton` defines a set of built-in actions:
-/// 
-/// - `clipboard.copy` copies the url to the clipboard.
-/// - `menu.popup` opens the context menu.
-/// 
-/// # CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// `GtkLinkButton` has a single CSS node with name button. To differentiate
-/// it from a plain `GtkButton`, it gets the .link style class.
-/// 
-/// # Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `GtkLinkButton` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.link] role.
 public struct LinkButton: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
@@ -69,7 +56,7 @@ public struct LinkButton: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// property has no effect.
     var canShrink: Bool?
     /// The child widget.
-    var child: (() -> Body)?
+    var child: Body?
     /// Whether the button has a frame.
     var hasFrame: Bool?
     /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
@@ -88,7 +75,7 @@ public struct LinkButton: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// Emitted to animate press then release.
     /// 
     /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
-    /// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
+    /// to this signal, but use the `Gtk.Button::clicked` signal.
     /// 
     /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
     /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
@@ -111,8 +98,7 @@ public struct LinkButton: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
             gtk_button_set_child(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -146,7 +132,7 @@ public struct LinkButton: AdwaitaWidget {
                 gtk_button_set_can_shrink(widget?.cast(), canShrink.cBool)
             }
             if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
-                child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let hasFrame, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.hasFrame != hasFrame {
                 gtk_button_set_has_frame(widget?.cast(), hasFrame.cBool)
@@ -182,16 +168,12 @@ public struct LinkButton: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// The name of the action with which this widget should be associated.
     public func actionName(_ actionName: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.actionName = actionName
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.actionName = actionName }
     }
 
     /// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
@@ -202,67 +184,51 @@ public struct LinkButton: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// If the contents of a button are an icon or a custom widget, setting this
     /// property has no effect.
     public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.canShrink = canShrink }
     }
 
     /// The child widget.
-    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.child = child
-        return newSelf
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.child = child() }
     }
 
     /// Whether the button has a frame.
     public func hasFrame(_ hasFrame: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.hasFrame = hasFrame
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.hasFrame = hasFrame }
     }
 
     /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
     public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.iconName = iconName
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.iconName = iconName }
     }
 
     /// Text of the label inside the button, if the button contains a label widget.
     public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.label = label
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.label = label }
     }
 
     /// The URI bound to this button.
     public func uri(_ uri: String) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.uri = uri
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.uri = uri }
     }
 
     /// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following character is
     /// to be used as mnemonic.
     public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
     }
 
     /// The 'visited' state of this button.
     /// 
     /// A visited link is drawn in a different color.
     public func visited(_ visited: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.visited = visited
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.visited = visited }
     }
 
     /// Emitted to animate press then release.
     /// 
     /// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
-    /// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
+    /// to this signal, but use the `Gtk.Button::clicked` signal.
     /// 
     /// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
     /// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/ListBox.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  ListBox.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// Shows a vertical list.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="list-box-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkListBox" src="list-box.png"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// A `GtkListBox` only contains `GtkListBoxRow` children. These rows can
 /// by dynamically sorted and filtered, and headers can be added dynamically
@@ -23,61 +23,30 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// button in it).
 /// 
 /// Although a `GtkListBox` must have only `GtkListBoxRow` children, you can
-/// add any kind of widget to it via [method@Gtk.ListBox.prepend],
-/// [method@Gtk.ListBox.append] and [method@Gtk.ListBox.insert] and a
+/// add any kind of widget to it via `Gtk.ListBox.prepend`,
+/// `Gtk.ListBox.append` and `Gtk.ListBox.insert` and a
 /// `GtkListBoxRow` widget will automatically be inserted between the list
 /// and the widget.
 /// 
 /// `GtkListBoxRows` can be marked as activatable or selectable. If a row is
-/// activatable, [signal@Gtk.ListBox::row-activated] will be emitted for it when
+/// activatable, `Gtk.ListBox::row-activated` will be emitted for it when
 /// the user tries to activate it. If it is selectable, the row will be marked
 /// as selected when the user tries to select it.
 /// 
-/// # GtkListBox as GtkBuildable
 /// 
-/// The `GtkListBox` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface supports
-/// setting a child as the placeholder by specifying “placeholder” as the “type”
-/// attribute of a `<child>` element. See [method@Gtk.ListBox.set_placeholder]
-/// for info.
-/// 
-/// # Shortcuts and Gestures
-/// 
-/// The following signals have default keybindings:
-/// 
-/// - [signal@Gtk.ListBox::move-cursor]
-/// - [signal@Gtk.ListBox::select-all]
-/// - [signal@Gtk.ListBox::toggle-cursor-row]
-/// - [signal@Gtk.ListBox::unselect-all]
-/// 
-/// # CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// ```
-/// list[.separators][.rich-list][.navigation-sidebar][.boxed-list]
-/// ╰── row[.activatable]
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// `GtkListBox` uses a single CSS node named list. It may carry the .separators
-/// style class, when the [property@Gtk.ListBox:show-separators] property is set.
-/// Each `GtkListBoxRow` uses a single CSS node named row. The row nodes get the
-/// .activatable style class added when appropriate.
-/// 
-/// It may also carry the .boxed-list style class. In this case, the list will be
-/// automatically surrounded by a frame and have separators.
-/// 
-/// The main list node may also carry style classes to select
-/// the style of [list presentation](section-list-widget.html#list-styles):
-/// .rich-list, .navigation-sidebar or .data-table.
-/// 
-/// # Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `GtkListBox` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.list] role and `GtkListBoxRow` uses
-/// the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.list_item] role.
-public struct ListBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
+public struct ListBox<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equatable {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// Whether to accept unpaired release events.
     var acceptUnpairedRelease: Bool?
@@ -111,7 +80,7 @@ public struct ListBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     /// 
     /// When the @box is using %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, this signal will not
     /// give you the full picture of selection changes, and you should use
-    /// the [signal@Gtk.ListBox::selected-rows-changed] signal instead.
+    /// the `Gtk.ListBox::selected-rows-changed` signal instead.
     var rowSelected: (() -> Void)?
     /// Emitted to select all children of the box, if the selection
     /// mode permits it.
@@ -138,11 +107,14 @@ public struct ListBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     var elements: [Element]
     /// The dynamic widget content.
     var content: (Element) -> Body
+    /// The dynamic widget identifier key path.
+    var id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>
 
     /// Initialize `ListBox`.
-    public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
+    public init(_ elements: [Element], id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>, @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
         self.elements = elements
         self.content = content
+        self.id = id
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -155,7 +127,6 @@ public struct ListBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         return storage
     }
@@ -218,8 +189,9 @@ public struct ListBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
 
             var contentStorage: [ViewStorage] = storage.content[.mainContent] ?? []
             let old = storage.fields["element"] as? [Element] ?? []
-            old.identifiableTransform(
+            old.transform(
                 to: elements,
+                id: id,
                 functions: .init { index in
                     gtk_list_box_remove(widget, gtk_list_box_get_row_at_index(widget, index.cInt)?.cast())
                     contentStorage.remove(at: index)
@@ -246,33 +218,25 @@ public struct ListBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
 
     /// Whether to accept unpaired release events.
     public func acceptUnpairedRelease(_ acceptUnpairedRelease: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.acceptUnpairedRelease = acceptUnpairedRelease
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.acceptUnpairedRelease = acceptUnpairedRelease }
     }
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// Determines whether children can be activated with a single
     /// click, or require a double-click.
     public func activateOnSingleClick(_ activateOnSingleClick: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.activateOnSingleClick = activateOnSingleClick
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.activateOnSingleClick = activateOnSingleClick }
     }
 
     /// Whether to show separators between rows.
     public func showSeparators(_ showSeparators: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showSeparators = showSeparators
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showSeparators = showSeparators }
     }
 
     /// Emitted when the cursor row is activated.
@@ -311,7 +275,7 @@ public struct ListBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     /// 
     /// When the @box is using %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, this signal will not
     /// give you the full picture of selection changes, and you should use
-    /// the [signal@Gtk.ListBox::selected-rows-changed] signal instead.
+    /// the `Gtk.ListBox::selected-rows-changed` signal instead.
     public func rowSelected(_ rowSelected: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
         var newSelf = self
         newSelf.rowSelected = rowSelected
@@ -360,3 +324,14 @@ public struct ListBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
     }
 
 }
+
+extension ListBox where Element: Identifiable, Identifier == Element.ID {
+
+    /// Initialize `ListBox`.
+    public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
+        self.elements = elements
+        self.content = content
+        self.id = \.id
+    }
+
+}

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Menu.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Menu.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// Displays a popup when clicked.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="menu-button-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkMenuButton" src="menu-button.png"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// This popup can be provided either as a `GtkPopover` or as an abstract
 /// `GMenuModel`.
 /// 
 /// The `GtkMenuButton` widget can show either an icon (set with the
-/// [property@Gtk.MenuButton:icon-name] property) or a label (set with the
-/// [property@Gtk.MenuButton:label] property). If neither is explicitly set,
-/// a [class@Gtk.Image] is automatically created, using an arrow image oriented
-/// according to [property@Gtk.MenuButton:direction] or the generic
+/// ``iconName(_:)`` property) or a label (set with the
+/// ``label(_:)`` property). If neither is explicitly set,
+/// a `Gtk.Image` is automatically created, using an arrow image oriented
+/// according to ``direction(_:)`` or the generic
 /// “open-menu-symbolic” icon if the direction is not set.
 /// 
 /// The positioning of the popup is determined by the
-/// [property@Gtk.MenuButton:direction] property of the menu button.
+/// ``direction(_:)`` property of the menu button.
 /// 
-/// For menus, the [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and [property@Gtk.Widget:valign]
+/// For menus, the ``halign(_:)`` and ``valign(_:)``
 /// properties of the menu are also taken into account. For example, when the
 /// direction is %GTK_ARROW_DOWN and the horizontal alignment is %GTK_ALIGN_START,
 /// the menu will be positioned below the button, with the starting edge
@@ -41,40 +41,20 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// | **left**  | ![](left-start.png)  | ![](left-center.png)  | ![](left-end.png)  |
 /// | **right** | ![](right-start.png) | ![](right-center.png) | ![](right-end.png) |
 /// 
-/// # CSS nodes
 /// 
-/// ```
-/// menubutton
-/// ╰── button.toggle
-/// ╰── <content>╰── [arrow]
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// `GtkMenuButton` has a single CSS node with name `menubutton`
-/// which contains a `button` node with a `.toggle` style class.
-/// 
-/// If the button contains an icon, it will have the `.image-button` style class,
-/// if it contains text, it will have `.text-button` style class. If an arrow is
-/// visible in addition to an icon, text or a custom child, it will also have
-/// `.arrow-button` style class.
-/// 
-/// Inside the toggle button content, there is an `arrow` node for
-/// the indicator, which will carry one of the `.none`, `.up`, `.down`,
-/// `.left` or `.right` style classes to indicate the direction that
-/// the menu will appear in. The CSS is expected to provide a suitable
-/// image for each of these cases using the `-gtk-icon-source` property.
-/// 
-/// Optionally, the `menubutton` node can carry the `.circular` style class
-/// to request a round appearance.
-/// 
-/// # Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `GtkMenuButton` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.button] role.
 public struct Menu: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
@@ -88,7 +68,7 @@ public struct Menu: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// size of its contents.
     var canShrink: Bool?
     /// The child widget.
-    var child: (() -> Body)?
+    var child: Body?
     /// Whether the button has a frame.
     var hasFrame: Bool?
     /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
@@ -97,9 +77,9 @@ public struct Menu: AdwaitaWidget {
     var label: String?
     /// The `GMenuModel` from which the popup will be created.
     /// 
-    /// See [method@Gtk.MenuButton.set_menu_model] for the interaction
-    /// with the [property@Gtk.MenuButton:popover] property.
-    var menuModel: (() -> Body)?
+    /// See `Gtk.MenuButton.set_menu_model` for the interaction
+    /// with the ``popover(_:)`` property.
+    var menuModel: Body?
     /// Whether the menu button acts as a primary menu.
     /// 
     /// Primary menus can be opened using the <kbd>F10</kbd> key
@@ -113,7 +93,7 @@ public struct Menu: AdwaitaWidget {
     var activate: (() -> Void)?
 
     /// Initialize `Menu`.
-    public init() {
+    init() {
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -126,13 +106,12 @@ public struct Menu: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
             gtk_menu_button_set_child(storage.opaquePointer, childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
-        if let menu = menuModel?() {
-            let childStorage = MenuCollection { menu }.getMenu(data: data)
+        if let menuModel {
+            let childStorage = MenuCollection { menuModel }.getMenu(data: data)
             storage.content["menuModel"] = [childStorage]
             gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model(storage.opaquePointer, childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -170,7 +149,7 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
                 gtk_menu_button_set_can_shrink(widget, canShrink.cBool)
             }
             if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
-                child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let hasFrame, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.hasFrame != hasFrame {
                 gtk_menu_button_set_has_frame(widget, hasFrame.cBool)
@@ -182,7 +161,7 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
                 gtk_menu_button_set_label(widget, label)
             }
             if let menu = storage.content["menuModel"]?.first {
-                MenuCollection { menuModel?() ?? [] }
+                MenuCollection { menuModel ?? [] }
                     .updateStorage(menu, data: data.noModifiers, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: MenuContext.self)
             }
             if let primary, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.primary != primary {
@@ -207,85 +186,63 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// Whether the menu button is active.
     public func active(_ active: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.active = active
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.active = active }
     }
 
     /// Whether to show a dropdown arrow even when using an icon or a custom child.
     public func alwaysShowArrow(_ alwaysShowArrow: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.alwaysShowArrow = alwaysShowArrow
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.alwaysShowArrow = alwaysShowArrow }
     }
 
     /// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
     /// size of its contents.
     public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.canShrink = canShrink }
     }
 
     /// The child widget.
-    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.child = child
-        return newSelf
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.child = child() }
     }
 
     /// Whether the button has a frame.
     public func hasFrame(_ hasFrame: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.hasFrame = hasFrame
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.hasFrame = hasFrame }
     }
 
     /// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
     public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.iconName = iconName
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.iconName = iconName }
     }
 
     /// The label for the button.
     public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.label = label
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.label = label }
     }
 
     /// The `GMenuModel` from which the popup will be created.
     /// 
-    /// See [method@Gtk.MenuButton.set_menu_model] for the interaction
-    /// with the [property@Gtk.MenuButton:popover] property.
-    public func menuModel(@ViewBuilder _ menuModel: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.menuModel = menuModel
-        return newSelf
+    /// See `Gtk.MenuButton.set_menu_model` for the interaction
+    /// with the ``popover(_:)`` property.
+    public func menuModel(@ViewBuilder _ menuModel: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.menuModel = menuModel() }
     }
 
     /// Whether the menu button acts as a primary menu.
     /// 
     /// Primary menus can be opened using the <kbd>F10</kbd> key
     public func primary(_ primary: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.primary = primary
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.primary = primary }
     }
 
     /// If set an underscore in the text indicates a mnemonic.
     public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
     }
 
     /// Emitted to when the menu button is activated.

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/NavigationView.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  NavigationView.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,120 +10,46 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A page-based navigation container.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="navigation-view-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="navigation-view.png" alt="navigation-view"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// `AdwNavigationView` presents one child at a time, similar to
-/// [class@Gtk.Stack].
+/// `Gtk.Stack`.
 /// 
-/// `AdwNavigationView` can only contain [class@NavigationPage] children.
+/// `AdwNavigationView` can only contain `NavigationPage` children.
 /// 
 /// It maintains a navigation stack that can be controlled with
-/// [method@NavigationView.push] and [method@NavigationView.pop]. The whole
-/// navigation stack can also be replaced using [method@NavigationView.replace].
+/// `NavigationView.push` and `NavigationView.pop`. The whole
+/// navigation stack can also be replaced using `NavigationView.replace`.
 /// 
 /// `AdwNavigationView` allows to manage pages statically or dynamically.
 /// 
-/// Static pages can be added using the [method@NavigationView.add] method. The
+/// Static pages can be added using the `NavigationView.add` method. The
 /// `AdwNavigationView` will keep a reference to these pages, but they aren't
-/// accessible to the user until [method@NavigationView.push] is called (except
+/// accessible to the user until `NavigationView.push` is called (except
 /// for the first page, which is pushed automatically). Use the
-/// [method@NavigationView.remove] method to remove them. This is useful for
+/// `NavigationView.remove` method to remove them. This is useful for
 /// applications that have a small number of unique pages and just need
 /// navigation between them.
 /// 
 /// Dynamic pages are automatically destroyed once they are popped off the
 /// navigation stack. To add a page like this, push it using the
-/// [method@NavigationView.push] method without calling
-/// [method@NavigationView.add] first.
+/// `NavigationView.push` method without calling
+/// `NavigationView.add` first.
 /// 
-/// ## Tags
 /// 
-/// Static pages, as well as any pages in the navigation stack, can be accessed
-/// by their [property@NavigationPage:tag]. For example,
-/// [method@NavigationView.push_by_tag] can be used to push a static page that's
-/// not in the navigation stack without having to keep a reference to it manually.
-/// 
-/// ## Header Bar Integration
-/// 
-/// When used inside `AdwNavigationView`, [class@HeaderBar] will automatically
-/// display a back button that can be used to go back to the previous page when
-/// possible. The button also has a context menu, allowing to pop multiple pages
-/// at once, potentially across multiple navigation views.
-/// 
-/// Set [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] to `FALSE` to disable this behavior
-/// in rare scenarios where it's unwanted.
-/// 
-/// `AdwHeaderBar` will also display the title of the `AdwNavigationPage` it's
-/// placed into, so most applications shouldn't need to customize it at all.
-/// 
-/// ## Shortcuts and Gestures
-/// 
-/// `AdwNavigationView` supports the following shortcuts for going to the
-/// previous page:
-/// 
-/// - <kbd>Escape</kbd> (unless [property@NavigationView:pop-on-escape] is set to
-/// `FALSE`)
-/// - <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>←</kbd>
-/// - Back mouse button
-/// 
-/// Additionally, it supports interactive gestures:
-/// 
-/// - One-finger swipe towards the right on touchscreens
-/// - Scrolling towards the right on touchpads (usually two-finger swipe)
-/// 
-/// These gestures have transitions enabled regardless of the
-/// [property@NavigationView:animate-transitions] value.
-/// 
-/// Applications can also enable shortcuts for pushing another page onto the
-/// navigation stack via connecting to the [signal@NavigationView::get-next-page]
-/// signal, in that case the following shortcuts are supported:
-/// 
-/// - <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>→</kbd>
-/// - Forward mouse button
-/// - Swipe/scrolling towards the left
-/// 
-/// For right-to-left locales, the gestures and shortcuts are reversed.
-/// 
-/// [property@NavigationPage:can-pop] can be used to disable them, along with the
-/// header bar back buttons.
-/// 
-/// ## Actions
-/// 
-/// `AdwNavigationView` defines actions for controlling the navigation stack.
-/// actions for controlling the navigation stack:
-/// 
-/// - `navigation.push` takes a string parameter specifying the tag of the page to
-/// push, and is equivalent to calling [method@NavigationView.push_by_tag].
-/// 
-/// - `navigation.pop` doesn't take any parameters and pops the current page from
-/// the navigation stack, equivalent to calling [method@NavigationView.pop].
-/// 
-/// ## `AdwNavigationView` as `GtkBuildable`
-/// 
-/// `AdwNavigationView` allows to add pages as children, equivalent to using the
-/// [method@NavigationView.add] method.
-/// 
-/// Example of an `AdwNavigationView` UI definition:
-/// 
-/// ```xml
-/// <object class="AdwNavigationView"><child><object class="AdwNavigationPage"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Page 1</property><property name="child"><object class="AdwToolbarView"><child type="top"><object class="AdwHeaderBar"/></child><property name="content"><object class="GtkButton"><property name="label" translatable="yes">Open Page 2</property><property name="halign">center</property><property name="valign">center</property><property name="action-name">navigation.push</property><property name="action-target">'page-2'</property><style><class name="pill"/></style></object></property></object></property></object></child><child><object class="AdwNavigationPage"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Page 2</property><property name="tag">page-2</property><property name="child"><object class="AdwToolbarView"><child type="top"><object class="AdwHeaderBar"/></child><property name="content"><!-- ... --></property></object></property></object></child></object>
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="navigation-view-example-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="navigation-view-example.png" alt="navigation-view-example"></picture>
-/// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// `AdwNavigationView` has a single CSS node with the name `navigation-view`.
-/// 
-/// ## Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `AdwNavigationView` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
 public struct NavigationView: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// Whether to animate page transitions.
     /// 
@@ -162,27 +88,27 @@ public struct NavigationView: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// not make any irreversible changes in the handler, such as removing the page
     /// from a forward stack.
     /// 
-    /// Instead, it should be done in the [signal@NavigationView::pushed] handler.
+    /// Instead, it should be done in the `NavigationView::pushed` handler.
     var getNextPage: (() -> Void)?
     /// Emitted after @page has been popped from the navigation stack.
     /// 
-    /// See [method@NavigationView.pop].
+    /// See `NavigationView.pop`.
     /// 
-    /// When using [method@NavigationView.pop_to_page] or
-    /// [method@NavigationView.pop_to_tag], this signal is emitted for each of the
+    /// When using `NavigationView.pop_to_page` or
+    /// `NavigationView.pop_to_tag`, this signal is emitted for each of the
     /// popped pages.
     var popped: (() -> Void)?
     /// Emitted after a page has been pushed to the navigation stack.
     /// 
-    /// See [method@NavigationView.push].
+    /// See `NavigationView.push`.
     var pushed: (() -> Void)?
     /// Emitted after the navigation stack has been replaced.
     /// 
-    /// See [method@NavigationView.replace].
+    /// See `NavigationView.replace`.
     var replaced: (() -> Void)?
 
     /// Initialize `NavigationView`.
-    public init() {
+    init() {
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -195,7 +121,6 @@ public struct NavigationView: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         return storage
     }
@@ -257,9 +182,7 @@ public struct NavigationView: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// Gesture-based transitions are always animated.
     public func animateTransitions(_ animateTransitions: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.animateTransitions = animateTransitions
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.animateTransitions = animateTransitions }
     }
 
     /// Whether the view is horizontally homogeneous.
@@ -270,9 +193,7 @@ public struct NavigationView: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// If it's not, the page may change width when a different page becomes
     /// visible.
     public func hhomogeneous(_ hhomogeneous: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.hhomogeneous = hhomogeneous
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.hhomogeneous = hhomogeneous }
     }
 
     /// Whether pressing Escape pops the current page.
@@ -280,9 +201,7 @@ public struct NavigationView: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// Applications using `AdwNavigationView` to implement a browser may want to
     /// disable it.
     public func popOnEscape(_ popOnEscape: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.popOnEscape = popOnEscape
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.popOnEscape = popOnEscape }
     }
 
     /// Whether the view is vertically homogeneous.
@@ -293,16 +212,12 @@ public struct NavigationView: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// If it's not, the view may change height when a different page becomes
     /// visible.
     public func vhomogeneous(_ vhomogeneous: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.vhomogeneous = vhomogeneous
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.vhomogeneous = vhomogeneous }
     }
 
     /// The tag of the currently visible page.
     public func visiblePageTag(_ visiblePageTag: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.visiblePageTag = visiblePageTag
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.visiblePageTag = visiblePageTag }
     }
 
     /// Emitted when a push shortcut or a gesture is triggered.
@@ -315,7 +230,7 @@ public struct NavigationView: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// not make any irreversible changes in the handler, such as removing the page
     /// from a forward stack.
     /// 
-    /// Instead, it should be done in the [signal@NavigationView::pushed] handler.
+    /// Instead, it should be done in the `NavigationView::pushed` handler.
     public func getNextPage(_ getNextPage: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
         var newSelf = self
         newSelf.getNextPage = getNextPage
@@ -324,10 +239,10 @@ public struct NavigationView: AdwaitaWidget {
 
     /// Emitted after @page has been popped from the navigation stack.
     /// 
-    /// See [method@NavigationView.pop].
+    /// See `NavigationView.pop`.
     /// 
-    /// When using [method@NavigationView.pop_to_page] or
-    /// [method@NavigationView.pop_to_tag], this signal is emitted for each of the
+    /// When using `NavigationView.pop_to_page` or
+    /// `NavigationView.pop_to_tag`, this signal is emitted for each of the
     /// popped pages.
     public func popped(_ popped: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
         var newSelf = self
@@ -337,7 +252,7 @@ public struct NavigationView: AdwaitaWidget {
 
     /// Emitted after a page has been pushed to the navigation stack.
     /// 
-    /// See [method@NavigationView.push].
+    /// See `NavigationView.push`.
     public func pushed(_ pushed: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
         var newSelf = self
         newSelf.pushed = pushed
@@ -346,7 +261,7 @@ public struct NavigationView: AdwaitaWidget {
 
     /// Emitted after the navigation stack has been replaced.
     /// 
-    /// See [method@NavigationView.replace].
+    /// See `NavigationView.replace`.
     public func replaced(_ replaced: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
         var newSelf = self
         newSelf.replaced = replaced

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Overlay.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Overlay.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// Places “overlay” widgets on top of a single main child.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="overlay-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkOverlay" src="overlay.png"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// The position of each overlay widget is determined by its
-/// [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and [property@Gtk.Widget:valign]
+/// ``halign(_:)`` and ``valign(_:)``
 /// properties. E.g. a widget with both alignments set to %GTK_ALIGN_START
 /// will be placed at the top left corner of the `GtkOverlay` container,
 /// whereas an overlay with halign set to %GTK_ALIGN_CENTER and valign set
@@ -22,36 +22,33 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// properties of the child to non-zero values.
 /// 
 /// More complicated placement of overlays is possible by connecting
-/// to the [signal@Gtk.Overlay::get-child-position] signal.
+/// to the `Gtk.Overlay::get-child-position` signal.
 /// 
 /// An overlay’s minimum and natural sizes are those of its main child.
 /// The sizes of overlay children are not considered when measuring these
 /// preferred sizes.
 /// 
-/// # GtkOverlay as GtkBuildable
 /// 
-/// The `GtkOverlay` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface
-/// supports placing a child as an overlay by specifying “overlay” as
-/// the “type” attribute of a `<child>` element.
-/// 
-/// # CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// `GtkOverlay` has a single CSS node with the name “overlay”. Overlay children
-/// whose alignments cause them to be positioned at an edge get the style classes
-/// “.left”, “.right”, “.top”, and/or “.bottom” according to their position.
 public struct Overlay: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     var accessibleRole: String?
     /// The main child widget.
-    var child: (() -> Body)?
+    var child: Body?
     /// Emitted to determine the position and size of any overlay
     /// child widgets.
     /// 
@@ -84,8 +81,7 @@ public struct Overlay: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
             gtk_overlay_set_child(storage.opaquePointer, childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -114,7 +110,7 @@ public struct Overlay: AdwaitaWidget {
         storage.modify { widget in
 
             if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
-                child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
 
             if let overlayStorage = storage.content["overlay"] {
@@ -144,16 +140,12 @@ public struct Overlay: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// The main child widget.
-    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.child = child
-        return newSelf
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.child = child() }
     }
 
     /// Emitted to determine the position and size of any overlay

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/OverlaySplitView.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  OverlaySplitView.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,34 +10,34 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// A widget presenting sidebar and content side by side or as an overlay.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="overlay-split-view-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="overlay-split-view.png" alt="overlay-split-view"></picture><picture><source srcset="overlay-split-view-collapsed-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="overlay-split-view-collapsed.png" alt="overlay-split-view-collapsed"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// `AdwOverlaySplitView` has two children: sidebar and content, and displays
 /// them side by side.
 /// 
-/// When [property@OverlaySplitView:collapsed] is set to `TRUE`, the sidebar is
+/// When ``collapsed(_:)`` is set to `true`, the sidebar is
 /// instead shown as an overlay above the content widget.
 /// 
 /// The sidebar can be hidden or shown using the
-/// [property@OverlaySplitView:show-sidebar] property.
+/// ``showSidebar(_:)`` property.
 /// 
 /// Sidebar can be displayed before or after the content, this can be controlled
-/// with the [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-position] property.
+/// with the ``sidebarPosition(_:)`` property.
 /// 
 /// Collapsing the split view automatically hides the sidebar widget, and
 /// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If this behavior is not desired, the
-/// [property@OverlaySplitView:pin-sidebar] property can be used to override it.
+/// ``pinSidebar(_:)`` property can be used to override it.
 /// 
 /// `AdwOverlaySplitView` supports an edge swipe gesture for showing the sidebar,
 /// and a swipe from the sidebar for hiding it. Gestures are only supported on
 /// touchscreen, but not touchpad. Gestures can be controlled with the
-/// [property@OverlaySplitView:enable-show-gesture] and
-/// [property@OverlaySplitView:enable-hide-gesture] properties.
+/// ``enableShowGesture(_:)`` and
+/// ``enableHideGesture(_:)`` properties.
 /// 
-/// See also [class@NavigationSplitView].
+/// See also `NavigationSplitView`.
 /// 
-/// `AdwOverlaySplitView` is typically used together with an [class@Breakpoint]
-/// setting the `collapsed` property to `TRUE` on small widths, as follows:
+/// `AdwOverlaySplitView` is typically used together with an `Breakpoint`
+/// setting the `collapsed` property to `true` on small widths, as follows:
 /// 
 /// ```xml
 /// <object class="AdwWindow"><property name="default-width">800</property><property name="default-height">800</property><child><object class="AdwBreakpoint"><condition>max-width: 400sp</condition><setter object="split_view" property="collapsed">True</setter></object></child><property name="content"><object class="AdwOverlaySplitView" id="split_view"><property name="sidebar"><!-- ... --></property><property name="content"><!-- ... --></property></object></property></object>
@@ -47,78 +47,20 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// [utility pane](https://developer.gnome.org/hig/patterns/containers/utility-panes.html)
 /// pattern.
 /// 
-/// ## Sizing
 /// 
-/// When not collapsed, `AdwOverlaySplitView` changes the sidebar width
-/// depending on its own width.
-/// 
-/// If possible, it tries to allocate a fraction of the total width, controlled
-/// with the [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-fraction] property.
-/// 
-/// The sidebar also has minimum and maximum sizes, controlled with the
-/// [property@OverlaySplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
-/// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width] properties.
-/// 
-/// The minimum and maximum sizes are using the length unit specified with the
-/// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
-/// 
-/// By default, sidebar is using 25% of the total width, with 180sp as the
-/// minimum size and 280sp as the maximum size.
-/// 
-/// When collapsed, the preferred width fraction is ignored and the sidebar uses
-/// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width] when possible.
-/// 
-/// ## Header Bar Integration
-/// 
-/// When used inside `AdwOverlaySplitView`, [class@HeaderBar] will automatically
-/// hide the window buttons in the middle.
-/// 
-/// ## `AdwOverlaySplitView` as `GtkBuildable`
-/// 
-/// The `AdwOverlaySplitView` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable]
-/// interface supports setting the sidebar widget by specifying “sidebar” as the
-/// “type” attribute of a `<child>` element, Specifying “content” child type or
-/// omitting it results in setting the content widget.
-/// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// `AdwOverlaySplitView` has a single CSS node with the name
-/// `overlay-split-view`.
-/// 
-/// It contains two nodes with the name `widget`, containing the sidebar and
-/// content children.
-/// 
-/// When not collapsed, they have the `.sidebar-view` and `.content-view` style
-/// classes respectively.
-/// 
-/// ```
-/// overlay-split-view
-/// ├── widget.sidebar-pane
-/// │   ╰── [sidebar child]
-/// ╰── widget.content-pane
-/// ╰── [content child]
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// When collapsed, the one containing the sidebar child has the `.background`
-/// style class and the other one has no style classes.
-/// 
-/// ```
-/// overlay-split-view
-/// ├── widget.background
-/// │   ╰── [sidebar child]
-/// ╰── widget
-/// ╰── [content child]
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// ## Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `AdwOverlaySplitView` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
 public struct OverlaySplitView: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// Whether the split view is collapsed.
     /// 
@@ -126,7 +68,7 @@ public struct OverlaySplitView: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// content widget, otherwise they are displayed side by side.
     var collapsed: Bool?
     /// The content widget.
-    var content: (() -> Body)?
+    var content: Body?
     /// Whether the sidebar can be closed with a swipe gesture.
     /// 
     /// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
@@ -138,7 +80,7 @@ public struct OverlaySplitView: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// The maximum sidebar width.
     /// 
     /// Maximum width is affected by
-    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
+    /// ``sidebarWidthUnit(_:)``.
     /// 
     /// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
     /// minimum width exceeds it.
@@ -146,7 +88,7 @@ public struct OverlaySplitView: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// The minimum sidebar width.
     /// 
     /// Minimum width is affected by
-    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
+    /// ``sidebarWidthUnit(_:)``.
     /// 
     /// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
     /// minimum width exceeds it.
@@ -154,25 +96,25 @@ public struct OverlaySplitView: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// Whether the sidebar widget is pinned.
     /// 
     /// By default, collapsing @self automatically hides the sidebar widget, and
-    /// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If set to `TRUE`, sidebar visibility
+    /// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If set to `true`, sidebar visibility
     /// never changes on its own.
     var pinSidebar: Bool?
     /// Whether the sidebar widget is shown.
     var showSidebar: Binding<Bool>?
     /// The sidebar widget.
-    var sidebar: (() -> Body)?
+    var sidebar: Body?
     /// The preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width.
     /// 
     /// The preferred width is additionally limited by
-    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
-    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width].
+    /// ``minSidebarWidth(_:)`` and
+    /// ``maxSidebarWidth(_:)``.
     /// 
     /// The sidebar widget can be allocated with larger width if its own minimum
     /// width exceeds the preferred width.
     var sidebarWidthFraction: Double?
 
     /// Initialize `OverlaySplitView`.
-    public init() {
+    init() {
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -185,12 +127,11 @@ public struct OverlaySplitView: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let contentStorage = content?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let contentStorage = content?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["content"] = [contentStorage]
             adw_overlay_split_view_set_content(storage.opaquePointer, contentStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
-        if let sidebarStorage = sidebar?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let sidebarStorage = sidebar?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["sidebar"] = [sidebarStorage]
             adw_overlay_split_view_set_sidebar(storage.opaquePointer, sidebarStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -217,7 +158,7 @@ if let showSidebar, newValue != showSidebar.wrappedValue {
                 adw_overlay_split_view_set_collapsed(widget, collapsed.cBool)
             }
             if let widget = storage.content["content"]?.first {
-                content?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                content?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let enableHideGesture, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.enableHideGesture != enableHideGesture {
                 adw_overlay_split_view_set_enable_hide_gesture(widget, enableHideGesture.cBool)
@@ -238,7 +179,7 @@ if let showSidebar, newValue != showSidebar.wrappedValue {
                 adw_overlay_split_view_set_show_sidebar(storage.opaquePointer, showSidebar.wrappedValue.cBool)
             }
             if let widget = storage.content["sidebar"]?.first {
-                sidebar?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                sidebar?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let sidebarWidthFraction, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.sidebarWidthFraction != sidebarWidthFraction {
                 adw_overlay_split_view_set_sidebar_width_fraction(widget, sidebarWidthFraction)
@@ -260,99 +201,79 @@ if let showSidebar, newValue != showSidebar.wrappedValue {
     /// When collapsed, the sidebar widget is presented as an overlay above the
     /// content widget, otherwise they are displayed side by side.
     public func collapsed(_ collapsed: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.collapsed = collapsed
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.collapsed = collapsed }
     }
 
     /// The content widget.
-    public func content(@ViewBuilder _ content: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.content = content
-        return newSelf
+    public func content(@ViewBuilder _ content: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.content = content() }
     }
 
     /// Whether the sidebar can be closed with a swipe gesture.
     /// 
     /// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
     public func enableHideGesture(_ enableHideGesture: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.enableHideGesture = enableHideGesture
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.enableHideGesture = enableHideGesture }
     }
 
     /// Whether the sidebar can be opened with an edge swipe gesture.
     /// 
     /// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
     public func enableShowGesture(_ enableShowGesture: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.enableShowGesture = enableShowGesture
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.enableShowGesture = enableShowGesture }
     }
 
     /// The maximum sidebar width.
     /// 
     /// Maximum width is affected by
-    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
+    /// ``sidebarWidthUnit(_:)``.
     /// 
     /// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
     /// minimum width exceeds it.
     public func maxSidebarWidth(_ maxSidebarWidth: Double?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.maxSidebarWidth = maxSidebarWidth
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.maxSidebarWidth = maxSidebarWidth }
     }
 
     /// The minimum sidebar width.
     /// 
     /// Minimum width is affected by
-    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
+    /// ``sidebarWidthUnit(_:)``.
     /// 
     /// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
     /// minimum width exceeds it.
     public func minSidebarWidth(_ minSidebarWidth: Double?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.minSidebarWidth = minSidebarWidth
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.minSidebarWidth = minSidebarWidth }
     }
 
     /// Whether the sidebar widget is pinned.
     /// 
     /// By default, collapsing @self automatically hides the sidebar widget, and
-    /// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If set to `TRUE`, sidebar visibility
+    /// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If set to `true`, sidebar visibility
     /// never changes on its own.
     public func pinSidebar(_ pinSidebar: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.pinSidebar = pinSidebar
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.pinSidebar = pinSidebar }
     }
 
     /// Whether the sidebar widget is shown.
     public func showSidebar(_ showSidebar: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showSidebar = showSidebar
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showSidebar = showSidebar }
     }
 
     /// The sidebar widget.
-    public func sidebar(@ViewBuilder _ sidebar: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.sidebar = sidebar
-        return newSelf
+    public func sidebar(@ViewBuilder _ sidebar: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.sidebar = sidebar() }
     }
 
     /// The preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width.
     /// 
     /// The preferred width is additionally limited by
-    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
-    /// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width].
+    /// ``minSidebarWidth(_:)`` and
+    /// ``maxSidebarWidth(_:)``.
     /// 
     /// The sidebar widget can be allocated with larger width if its own minimum
     /// width exceeds the preferred width.
     public func sidebarWidthFraction(_ sidebarWidthFraction: Double?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.sidebarWidthFraction = sidebarWidthFraction
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.sidebarWidthFraction = sidebarWidthFraction }
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/PasswordEntryRow.swift

@@ -2,15 +2,15 @@
 //  PasswordEntryRow.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
 import LevenshteinTransformations
 
-/// A [class@EntryRow] tailored for entering secrets.
+/// A `EntryRow` tailored for entering secrets.
+/// 
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="password-entry-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="password-entry-row.png" alt="password-entry-row"></picture>
 /// 
 /// It does not show its contents in clear text, does not allow to copy it to the
 /// clipboard, and shows a warning when Caps Lock is engaged. If the underlying
@@ -20,16 +20,20 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// 
 /// It offer a way to reveal the contents in clear text.
 /// 
-/// ## CSS Nodes
 /// 
-/// `AdwPasswordEntryRow` has a single CSS node with name `row` that carries
-/// `.entry` and `.password` style classes.
 public struct PasswordEntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
     var activatesDefault: Bool?
@@ -41,9 +45,9 @@ public struct PasswordEntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     var maxLength: Int?
     /// Whether to show the apply button.
     /// 
-    /// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
+    /// When set to `true`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
     /// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
-    /// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
+    /// emit the `EntryRow::apply` signal.
     /// 
     /// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
     /// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
@@ -54,23 +58,23 @@ public struct PasswordEntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
     /// 
     /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     var title: String?
     /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     var titleSelectable: Bool?
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
     /// 
     /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     var useMarkup: Bool?
     /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
     var useUnderline: Bool?
     /// Emitted when the apply button is pressed.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button].
+    /// See ``showApplyButton(_:)``.
     var apply: (() -> Void)?
     /// Emitted when the embedded entry is activated.
     var entryActivated: (() -> Void)?
@@ -80,7 +84,7 @@ public struct PasswordEntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
     var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
 
     /// Initialize `PasswordEntryRow`.
-    public init() {
+    init() {
     }
 
     /// The view storage.
@@ -93,7 +97,6 @@ public struct PasswordEntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         var suffixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
         for view in suffix() {
@@ -167,89 +170,71 @@ public struct PasswordEntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
 
     /// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
     public func activatesDefault(_ activatesDefault: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.activatesDefault = activatesDefault
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.activatesDefault = activatesDefault }
     }
 
     /// Whether to suggest emoji replacements on the entry row.
     /// 
     /// Emoji replacement is done with :-delimited names, like `:heart:`.
     public func enableEmojiCompletion(_ enableEmojiCompletion: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion }
     }
 
     /// Maximum number of characters for the entry.
     public func maxLength(_ maxLength: Int?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.maxLength = maxLength
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.maxLength = maxLength }
     }
 
     /// Whether to show the apply button.
     /// 
-    /// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
+    /// When set to `true`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
     /// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
-    /// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
+    /// emit the `EntryRow::apply` signal.
     /// 
     /// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
     /// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
     /// character.
     public func showApplyButton(_ showApplyButton: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.showApplyButton = showApplyButton
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.showApplyButton = showApplyButton }
     }
 
     /// The length of the text in the entry row.
     public func textLength(_ textLength: UInt?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.textLength = textLength
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.textLength = textLength }
     }
 
     /// The title of the preference represented by this row.
     /// 
     /// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
-    /// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
+    /// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
     public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.title = title
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.title = title }
     }
 
     /// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
     /// 
-    /// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
+    /// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
     public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.titleSelectable = titleSelectable }
     }
 
     /// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
     /// 
     /// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
     /// 
-    /// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
+    /// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
     public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
     }
 
     /// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
     public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
     }
 
     /// Emitted when the apply button is pressed.
     /// 
-    /// See [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button].
+    /// See ``showApplyButton(_:)``.
     public func apply(_ apply: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
         var newSelf = self
         newSelf.apply = apply

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Picture.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Picture.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// Displays a `GdkPaintable`.
 /// 
-/// picture><source srcset="picture-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkPicture" src="picture.png"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// Many convenience functions are provided to make pictures simple to use.
 /// For example, if you want to load an image from a file, and then display
@@ -24,42 +24,31 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 /// “broken image” icon similar to that used in many web browsers.
 /// If you want to handle errors in loading the file yourself,
 /// for example by displaying an error message, then load the image with
-/// [ctor@Gdk.Texture.new_from_file], then create the `GtkPicture` with
-/// [ctor@Gtk.Picture.new_for_paintable].
+/// and image loading framework such as libglycin, then create the `GtkPicture`
+/// with `Gtk.Picture.new_for_paintable`.
 /// 
 /// Sometimes an application will want to avoid depending on external data
 /// files, such as image files. See the documentation of `GResource` for details.
-/// In this case, [ctor@Gtk.Picture.new_for_resource] and
-/// [method@Gtk.Picture.set_resource] should be used.
+/// In this case, `Gtk.Picture.new_for_resource` and
+/// `Gtk.Picture.set_resource` should be used.
 /// 
-/// `GtkPicture` displays an image at its natural size. See [class@Gtk.Image]
+/// `GtkPicture` displays an image at its natural size. See `Gtk.Image`
 /// if you want to display a fixed-size image, such as an icon.
 /// 
-/// ## Sizing the paintable
 /// 
-/// You can influence how the paintable is displayed inside the `GtkPicture`
-/// by changing [property@Gtk.Picture:content-fit]. See [enum@Gtk.ContentFit]
-/// for details. [property@Gtk.Picture:can-shrink] can be unset to make sure
-/// that paintables are never made smaller than their ideal size - but
-/// be careful if you do not know the size of the paintable in use (like
-/// when displaying user-loaded images). This can easily cause the picture to
-/// grow larger than the screen. And [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and
-/// [property@Gtk.Widget:valign] can be used to make sure the paintable doesn't
-/// fill all available space but is instead displayed at its original size.
-/// 
-/// ## CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// `GtkPicture` has a single CSS node with the name `picture`.
-/// 
-/// ## Accessibility
-/// 
-/// `GtkPicture` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.img] role.
 public struct Picture: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
@@ -86,7 +75,6 @@ public struct Picture: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
 
         return storage
     }
@@ -125,30 +113,22 @@ public struct Picture: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// The alternative textual description for the picture.
     public func alternativeText(_ alternativeText: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.alternativeText = alternativeText
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.alternativeText = alternativeText }
     }
 
     /// If the `GtkPicture` can be made smaller than the natural size of its contents.
     public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.canShrink = canShrink }
     }
 
     /// How the content should be resized to fit inside the `GtkPicture`.
     public func contentFit(_ contentFit: ContentFit?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.contentFit = contentFit
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.contentFit = contentFit }
     }
 
 }

Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/Popover.swift

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 //  Popover.swift
 //  Adwaita
 //
-//  Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
+//  Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
 //
 
 import CAdw
@@ -10,81 +10,42 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
 
 /// Presents a bubble-like popup.
 /// 
-/// <picture><source srcset="popover-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkPopover" src="popover.png"></picture>
+/// 
 /// 
 /// It is primarily meant to provide context-dependent information
-/// or options. Popovers are attached to a parent widget. By default,
-/// they point to the whole widget area, although this behavior can be
-/// changed with [method@Gtk.Popover.set_pointing_to].
+/// or options. Popovers are attached to a parent widget. The parent widget
+/// must support popover children, as `Gtk.MenuButton` and
+/// `Gtk.PopoverMenuBar` do. If you want to make a custom widget that
+/// has an attached popover, you need to call `Gtk.Popover.present`
+/// in your [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.size_allocate] vfunc, in order to update the
+/// positioning of the popover.
 /// 
 /// The position of a popover relative to the widget it is attached to
-/// can also be changed with [method@Gtk.Popover.set_position]
+/// can also be changed with `Gtk.Popover.set_position`. By default,
+/// it points to the whole widget area, but it can be made to point to
+/// a specific area using `Gtk.Popover.set_pointing_to`.
 /// 
 /// By default, `GtkPopover` performs a grab, in order to ensure input
 /// events get redirected to it while it is shown, and also so the popover
 /// is dismissed in the expected situations (clicks outside the popover,
 /// or the Escape key being pressed). If no such modal behavior is desired
-/// on a popover, [method@Gtk.Popover.set_autohide] may be called on it to
+/// on a popover, `Gtk.Popover.set_autohide` may be called on it to
 /// tweak its behavior.
 /// 
-/// ## GtkPopover as menu replacement
 /// 
-/// `GtkPopover` is often used to replace menus. The best way to do this
-/// is to use the [class@Gtk.PopoverMenu] subclass which supports being
-/// populated from a `GMenuModel` with [ctor@Gtk.PopoverMenu.new_from_model].
-/// 
-/// ```xml
-/// <section><attribute name="display-hint">horizontal-buttons</attribute><item><attribute name="label">Cut</attribute><attribute name="action">app.cut</attribute><attribute name="verb-icon">edit-cut-symbolic</attribute></item><item><attribute name="label">Copy</attribute><attribute name="action">app.copy</attribute><attribute name="verb-icon">edit-copy-symbolic</attribute></item><item><attribute name="label">Paste</attribute><attribute name="action">app.paste</attribute><attribute name="verb-icon">edit-paste-symbolic</attribute></item></section>
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// # Shortcuts and Gestures
-/// 
-/// `GtkPopover` supports the following keyboard shortcuts:
-/// 
-/// - <kbd>Escape</kbd> closes the popover.
-/// - <kbd>Alt</kbd> makes the mnemonics visible.
-/// 
-/// The following signals have default keybindings:
-/// 
-/// - [signal@Gtk.Popover::activate-default]
-/// 
-/// # CSS nodes
-/// 
-/// ```
-/// popover.background[.menu]
-/// ├── arrow
-/// ╰── contents
-/// ╰── <child>
-/// ```
-/// 
-/// `GtkPopover` has a main node with name `popover`, an arrow with name `arrow`,
-/// and another node for the content named `contents`. The `popover` node always
-/// gets the `.background` style class. It also gets the `.menu` style class
-/// if the popover is menu-like, e.g. is a [class@Gtk.PopoverMenu].
-/// 
-/// Particular uses of `GtkPopover`, such as touch selection popups or
-/// magnifiers in `GtkEntry` or `GtkTextView` get style classes like
-/// `.touch-selection` or `.magnifier` to differentiate from plain popovers.
-/// 
-/// When styling a popover directly, the `popover` node should usually
-/// not have any background. The visible part of the popover can have
-/// a shadow. To specify it in CSS, set the box-shadow of the `contents` node.
-/// 
-/// Note that, in order to accomplish appropriate arrow visuals, `GtkPopover`
-/// uses custom drawing for the `arrow` node. This makes it possible for the
-/// arrow to change its shape dynamically, but it also limits the possibilities
-/// of styling it using CSS. In particular, the `arrow` gets drawn over the
-/// `content` node's border and shadow, so they look like one shape, which
-/// means that the border width of the `content` node and the `arrow` node should
-/// be the same. The arrow also does not support any border shape other than
-/// solid, no border-radius, only one border width (border-bottom-width is
-/// used) and no box-shadow.
 public struct Popover: AdwaitaWidget {
 
+    #if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
+    /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
+    public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
+    /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
+    public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #else
     /// Additional update functions for type extensions.
     var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
     /// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
     var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
+    #endif
 
     /// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
     /// 
@@ -97,9 +58,9 @@ public struct Popover: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// This is used to implement the expected behavior of submenus.
     var cascadePopdown: Bool?
     /// The child widget.
-    var child: (() -> Body)?
+    var child: Body?
     /// The default widget inside the popover.
-    var defaultWidget: (() -> Body)?
+    var defaultWidget: Body?
     /// Whether to draw an arrow.
     var hasArrow: Bool?
     /// Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this popover.
@@ -127,12 +88,11 @@ public struct Popover: AdwaitaWidget {
         for function in appearFunctions {
             function(storage, data)
         }
-        update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
-        if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
             gtk_popover_set_child(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
-        if let defaultWidgetStorage = defaultWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
+        if let defaultWidgetStorage = defaultWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
             storage.content["defaultWidget"] = [defaultWidgetStorage]
             gtk_popover_set_default_widget(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), defaultWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
         }
@@ -166,10 +126,10 @@ public struct Popover: AdwaitaWidget {
                 gtk_popover_set_cascade_popdown(widget?.cast(), cascadePopdown.cBool)
             }
             if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
-                child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let widget = storage.content["defaultWidget"]?.first {
-                defaultWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
+                defaultWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
             }
             if let hasArrow, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.hasArrow != hasArrow {
                 gtk_popover_set_has_arrow(widget?.cast(), hasArrow.cBool)
@@ -193,53 +153,39 @@ public struct Popover: AdwaitaWidget {
     /// 
     /// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
     public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
     }
 
     /// Whether to dismiss the popover on outside clicks.
     public func autohide(_ autohide: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.autohide = autohide
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.autohide = autohide }
     }
 
     /// Whether the popover pops down after a child popover.
     /// 
     /// This is used to implement the expected behavior of submenus.
     public func cascadePopdown(_ cascadePopdown: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.cascadePopdown = cascadePopdown
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.cascadePopdown = cascadePopdown }
     }
 
     /// The child widget.
-    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.child = child
-        return newSelf
+    public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.child = child() }
     }
 
     /// The default widget inside the popover.
-    public func defaultWidget(@ViewBuilder _ defaultWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.defaultWidget = defaultWidget
-        return newSelf
+    public func defaultWidget(@ViewBuilder _ defaultWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
+        modify { $0.defaultWidget = defaultWidget() }
     }
 
     /// Whether to draw an arrow.
     public func hasArrow(_ hasArrow: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.hasArrow = hasArrow
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.hasArrow = hasArrow }
     }
 
     /// Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this popover.
     public func mnemonicsVisible(_ mnemonicsVisible: Bool? = true) -> Self {
-        var newSelf = self
-        newSelf.mnemonicsVisible = mnemonicsVisible
-        return newSelf
+        modify { $0.mnemonicsVisible = mnemonicsVisible }
     }
 
     /// Emitted whend the user activates the default widget.